JP5266276B2 - Game machine - Google Patents

Game machine Download PDF

Info

Publication number
JP5266276B2
JP5266276B2 JP2010102737A JP2010102737A JP5266276B2 JP 5266276 B2 JP5266276 B2 JP 5266276B2 JP 2010102737 A JP2010102737 A JP 2010102737A JP 2010102737 A JP2010102737 A JP 2010102737A JP 5266276 B2 JP5266276 B2 JP 5266276B2
Authority
JP
Japan
Prior art keywords
light emitting
effect
game board
boss
cover
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Active
Application number
JP2010102737A
Other languages
Japanese (ja)
Other versions
JP2011229683A (en
Inventor
龍平 齋藤
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Newgin Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Newgin Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Newgin Co Ltd filed Critical Newgin Co Ltd
Priority to JP2010102737A priority Critical patent/JP5266276B2/en
Publication of JP2011229683A publication Critical patent/JP2011229683A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of JP5266276B2 publication Critical patent/JP5266276B2/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Landscapes

  • Pinball Game Machines (AREA)

Abstract

<P>PROBLEM TO BE SOLVED: To provide a game machine capable of preventing a fraudulent act of accumulating game balls with a simple structure. <P>SOLUTION: At the front end of a portion of a rail member 32 of a game board corresponding to an outlet 58, a fraudulent act preventing portion 54 that protrudes upward and the top face 102 of which is formed thinner than the inside surface of the rail member 32 is so formed as to be located forward of the rail member 32. The top face 102 of the fraudulent act preventing portion 54 has an inclined part 102a, 102a that is inclined more downward as it goes backward and is inclined more downward as it goes away from a central part in the right and left direction. The inclined part 102a, 102a is inclined downward so as to come gradually closer to the inside surface of the rail member 32 and continues into the inside surface of the rail member 32. <P>COPYRIGHT: (C)2012,JPO&amp;INPIT

Description

この発明は、遊技盤に画成された遊技領域の最下部に、遊技球を排出するアウト口が設けられた遊技機に関するものである。   The present invention relates to a gaming machine in which an out port for discharging gaming balls is provided at the bottom of a gaming area defined on a gaming board.

遊技機の代表例の一つであるパチンコ機は、その基本構成として、縦長方形の外枠の開口前面側に、各種の必要な遊技構成部材が搭載されて遊技盤を収容セットした中枠を開閉(横開き)および着脱可能に組付けると共に、遊技盤の前面を透視保護する透明部材を組付けた前枠を、中枠に対し開閉(横開き)および着脱可能に組付けて構成される。また、前記遊技盤の盤面に、略円形の遊技領域を画成する内レールおよび外レールからなる案内レールが配設されると共に、前記中枠には発射レールが配設されている。そして、中枠に配設した操作ハンドルの操作により発射レールから打出したパチンコ球(遊技球)を、前記案内レールを介して遊技盤の遊技領域に導くよう構成されている。   A pachinko machine, which is one of the representative examples of gaming machines, has a basic structure that includes an inner frame in which various necessary gaming components are mounted and accommodated on the front side of the opening of a vertical rectangular outer frame. Open and close (side open) and detachable assembly, and a front frame with a transparent member that protects the front of the game board through see-through is opened and closed (side open) and detachably assembled . In addition, a guide rail composed of an inner rail and an outer rail that define a substantially circular game area is disposed on the surface of the game board, and a launch rail is disposed on the middle frame. The pachinko ball (game ball) launched from the launch rail by the operation of the operation handle disposed in the middle frame is configured to be guided to the game area of the game board via the guide rail.

前記遊技盤の遊技領域の略中央位置には、センター役物とも称される枠状装飾部材が配設されており、この枠状装飾部材の開口部を介して複数の図柄を変動表示して図柄変動演出を行なう液晶式やドラム式等の図柄表示装置が後方から臨んでいる。また、遊技盤における枠状装飾部材の下方位置には、パチンコ球(遊技球)の入賞により図柄表示装置での変動を開始させる始動入賞装置が配設され、遊技領域に打出されたパチンコ球が前記始動入賞装置に入賞することにより、前記図柄表示装置で図柄変動演出に伴うリーチ演出等の各種の図柄変動ゲームが行なわれるようになっている。この図柄変動ゲームの結果、図柄表示装置に特定の図柄の組合わせ(大当り図柄)が表示されることで、遊技者に有利な特別遊技(大当り遊技)を発生させるよう構成されている。前記遊技盤には、遊技領域を流下する遊技球が入賞可能な普通入賞口を備えた一般入賞装置が複数配設されると共に、遊技領域の最下部に、前記始動入賞装置の始動入賞口や普通入賞口等に入賞しなかった遊技球を排出するアウト口が配設されている。なお、始動入賞口や普通入賞口に遊技球が入賞すると、前記前枠に設けた上球皿に所定数の賞球が払出されるようになっている。   A frame-shaped decorative member, also referred to as a center accessory, is disposed at a substantially central position of the game area of the game board, and a plurality of symbols are displayed in a variable manner through the opening of the frame-shaped decorative member. A symbol display device such as a liquid crystal type or a drum type that performs a symbol variation effect faces from the rear. In addition, at the lower position of the frame-shaped decorative member on the game board, a start winning device that starts fluctuations in the symbol display device due to the winning of the pachinko ball (game ball) is arranged, and the pachinko ball that has been launched into the game area By winning the start winning device, various symbol variation games such as a reach effect accompanying the symbol variation effect are played on the symbol display device. As a result of this symbol variation game, a special game combination (hit game) advantageous to the player is generated by displaying a specific symbol combination (hit game) on the symbol display device. The game board is provided with a plurality of general winning devices having a normal winning opening through which a game ball flowing down the gaming area can win, and at the bottom of the gaming area, a starting winning opening of the starting winning device and An out port is provided for discharging game balls that have not won a normal winning port. In addition, when a game ball wins a start winning opening or a normal winning opening, a predetermined number of winning balls are paid out to an upper ball tray provided in the front frame.

ところで、前記前枠は、一端側が中枠に回動自在に軸支されると共に、他端側に被施錠部が設けられ、前枠の閉鎖時に該被施錠部が外枠に設けた施錠装置に施錠されるよう構成されている。すなわち、前枠は、閉鎖時に左右の端部が中枠または外枠に対し固定されるようになっている。ところが、前枠の左右方向の中央部は中枠や前枠に対し固定されておらず、遊技者が上球皿を手前側(遊技盤から離間する方向)へ引っ張ることで、前枠を遊技盤に対し離間させることができる場合がある。特に、前枠が合成樹脂等の可撓性を有する素材により成形されている場合には、前枠の中央部が撓むことで該中央部を遊技盤から離間させることが可能となる。   By the way, the front frame is pivotally supported at one end side so as to be rotatable with respect to the middle frame, and a locked portion is provided at the other end side, and the locked portion is provided on the outer frame when the front frame is closed. It is configured to be locked to. That is, when the front frame is closed, the left and right ends are fixed to the middle frame or the outer frame. However, the central portion of the front frame in the left-right direction is not fixed to the middle frame or the front frame, and the player pulls the upper ball tray to the near side (the direction away from the game board) to play the front frame. In some cases, it can be separated from the board. In particular, when the front frame is formed of a flexible material such as synthetic resin, the central portion of the front frame can be bent to be separated from the game board.

このように、前枠を手前に引っ張ることで、前枠に配設した透明部材を遊技盤の盤面から引き離すことができ、透明部材と内レールにおけるアウト口に対応する部位の前端部との間に隙間を形成することができる。この隙間にパチンコ球を挟み込ませて滞留させれば、遊技領域の最下部に複数のパチンコ球を堆積させる不正行為(所謂ぶどうゴト)が可能となる。そして、パチンコ球を始動入賞装置の始動入賞口まで堆積させることができれば、始動入賞口に多量の遊技球を入賞させて、賞球を不正に獲得することができてしまう。   In this way, by pulling the front frame forward, the transparent member disposed on the front frame can be pulled away from the board surface of the game board, and between the transparent member and the front end portion of the portion corresponding to the out opening in the inner rail A gap can be formed. If pachinko balls are sandwiched and retained in this gap, an illegal act (so-called grape goto) is possible in which a plurality of pachinko balls are deposited at the bottom of the game area. If the pachinko balls can be deposited up to the start winning opening of the start winning apparatus, a large number of game balls can be won at the starting winning opening, and the winning balls can be illegally obtained.

そこで、このような不正行為への対策として、特許文献1のパチンコ機では、中枠下部の左右中央部に係止部を設けると共に、前枠の裏側中央部に撓み防止手段を設け、前枠の閉鎖時に撓み防止手段が係止部に係合することで、前枠の中央部を中枠に固定するよう構成されている。これにより、前枠の中央部を手前に引っ張ったとしても、該前枠を遊技盤から離間させることが不能または困難となり、前述した不正行為を防止することが可能となる。   Therefore, as a countermeasure against such an illegal act, in the pachinko machine of Patent Document 1, a locking portion is provided at the left and right center portion of the lower portion of the middle frame, and a deflection preventing means is provided at the rear side center portion of the front frame. The center part of the front frame is configured to be fixed to the middle frame by engaging the locking part with the locking part at the time of closing. Thereby, even if the center portion of the front frame is pulled forward, it becomes impossible or difficult to separate the front frame from the game board, and the above-described fraud can be prevented.

特許2006−192028号公報Japanese Patent No. 2006-192028

しかしながら、特許文献1のパチンコ機では、係止部や撓み防止手段を設ける必要があり、部品点数が増加して製造コストが嵩む難点がある。しかも、係止部に撓み防止手段が係合する構造であるため、設計時の誤差や組付け誤差等によって係止部および撓み防止手段の係脱に不具合が生じ、前枠の開閉動作に支障を来す虞がある。また、係止部に撓み防止手段が係合する構成であるため、両部材が使用により劣化して、メンテナンスが必要となったり、部品交換が必要となったりする問題も指摘される。   However, in the pachinko machine of Patent Document 1, it is necessary to provide a locking portion and a bending prevention means, and there is a problem that the number of parts increases and the manufacturing cost increases. Moreover, because the structure is such that the bending prevention means engages with the locking portion, there is a problem in the engagement and disengagement of the locking portion and the bending prevention means due to design errors, assembly errors, etc., and the front frame opening / closing operation is hindered. There is a risk of coming. In addition, since the bending preventing means is engaged with the engaging portion, there is a problem that both members deteriorate due to use and maintenance is required or parts need to be replaced.

すなわち、本発明は、従来技術に係る遊技機に内在する前記問題に鑑み、これらを好適に解決するべく提案されたものであって、遊技球を堆積させる不正行為を簡易な構成で防止することを目的とする。   That is, the present invention has been proposed in order to suitably solve these problems inherent in the gaming machine according to the prior art, and prevents illegal acts of depositing game balls with a simple configuration. With the goal.

前記課題を解決し、所期の目的を達成するため、本発明に係る遊技機は、
遊技盤(18)が配設された中枠(14)と、前記中枠(14)に対し開閉可能に組付けられると共に、前記遊技盤(18)を前側から透視保護する透明部材(22)を備えた前枠(20)と、前記遊技盤(18)の盤面に内側面が交差するよう配設され、遊技領域(16)を画成するレール部材(32)と、前記遊技領域(16)の最下部において前後方向に開放するよう前記遊技盤(18)に設けられたアウト口(58)とを備えた遊技機において、
前記レール部材(32)には、前記アウト口(58)に対応する部位の前端に、上方へ突出すると共に上面(102,358)が該レール部材(32)の内側面より薄く形成された不正防止部(54,350)が設けられていることを特徴とする。
請求項1の発明によれば、レール部材におけるアウト口に対応する部位の前端に不正防止部を設けたので、レール部材の内側面より薄く形成された不正防止部の上面から遊技球を落下し易くして、遊技球が不正防止部と透明部材との間の隙間に滞留するのを困難にし得る。従って、遊技領域の最下部に遊技球を堆積させる不正行為を防止することができる。また、不正防止部をレール部材に設けるだけの簡易な構成であるので、製造コストを抑制し得ると共に、不具合が発生することも殆どなく、メンテナンス費を抑制することが可能となる。
In order to solve the above problems and achieve the intended purpose, the gaming machine according to the present invention is:
A middle frame (14) in which a game board (18) is disposed, and a transparent member (22) which is assembled to the middle frame (14) so as to be openable and closable, and protects the game board (18) from the front side. A front frame (20) provided with a rail member (32) disposed so that an inner surface intersects a board surface of the gaming board (18), and defining a gaming area (16), and the gaming area (16 In a gaming machine comprising an out port (58) provided in the gaming board (18) so as to open in the front-rear direction at the bottom of
The rail member (32) has an anti-tamper portion that protrudes upward at the front end of the portion corresponding to the out port (58) and that the upper surface (102, 358) is thinner than the inner surface of the rail member (32). (54,350) is provided.
According to the invention of claim 1, since the fraud prevention part is provided at the front end of the portion corresponding to the out port in the rail member, the game ball is dropped from the upper surface of the fraud prevention part formed thinner than the inner surface of the rail member. This can make it difficult for the game ball to stay in the gap between the fraud prevention part and the transparent member. Accordingly, it is possible to prevent an illegal act of depositing a game ball at the bottom of the game area. Moreover, since it is a simple structure which only provides a fraud prevention part in a rail member, while being able to suppress a manufacturing cost, it is possible to suppress a maintenance cost with few inconveniences.

請求項2に係る遊技機では、前記不正防止部(54,350)の上面(102,358)は、後方へ向かうにつれて下方傾斜している。
請求項2の発明によれば、不正防止部の上面を後方へ向かうにつれて下方傾斜させたので、遊技球が不正防止部上に滞留するのを困難にして、遊技領域の最下部で遊技球を堆積させる不正行為をより確実に防止することができる。
請求項3に係る遊技機では、前記不正防止部(54,350)の前面は、前記レール部材(32)より前方に位置している。
請求項3の発明によれば、不正防止部の前面をレール部材より前方に位置させたので、レール部材と透明部材との間の隙間を不正防止部の厚み分だけ狭めることができ、遊技領域の最下部で遊技球が堆積するのをより困難とし得る。
In the gaming machine according to claim 2, the upper surface (102,358) of the fraud prevention part (54,350) is inclined downward as it goes rearward.
According to the invention of claim 2, since the upper surface of the fraud prevention part is inclined downward as it goes rearward, it is difficult for the game ball to stay on the fraud prevention part, and the game ball is placed at the bottom of the game area. It is possible to more reliably prevent the illegal acts to be accumulated.
In the gaming machine according to the third aspect, the front surface of the fraud prevention portion (54,350) is located in front of the rail member (32).
According to the invention of claim 3, since the front surface of the tamper-proof portion is positioned in front of the rail member, the gap between the rail member and the transparent member can be reduced by the thickness of the tamper-proof portion. It may be more difficult for game balls to accumulate at the bottom of the sphere.

請求項4に係る遊技機では、前記不正防止部(54,350)の上面(102,358)は、左右方向の中央部から離間するにつれて下方傾斜する傾斜部(102a,358a)を有している。
請求項4の発明によれば、不正防止部の上面は、左右方向の中央部から離間するにつれて下方傾斜する傾斜部を有しているので、遊技球が不正防止部の上面に滞留することなく遊技球を左右へ分散させることができる。従って、遊技球を不正防止部上から速やかに落下させて、アウト口へスムーズに排出することができる。
請求項5に係る遊技機では、前記レール部材(32)は、前記アウト口(58)に対応する内側面が円弧状に形成されると共に、前記不正防止部(54,350)の傾斜部(102a,358a)は、該レール部材(32)の内側面に漸次的に近接するよう下方傾斜して該内側面と連なっている。
請求項5の発明によれば、不正防止部の傾斜部をレール部材の内側面と連なるよう下方傾斜させたので、レール部材を転動して不正防止部に到来した遊技球が該不正防止部の上面に引っ掛かって滞留するのを防止し得る。
In the gaming machine according to a fourth aspect, the upper surface (102,358) of the fraud prevention part (54,350) has an inclined part (102a, 358a) that inclines downward as the distance from the central part in the left-right direction increases.
According to the invention of claim 4, since the upper surface of the fraud prevention part has an inclined part that inclines downward as the distance from the central part in the left-right direction, the game ball does not stay on the upper surface of the fraud prevention part. The game balls can be distributed to the left and right. Therefore, the game ball can be quickly dropped from the fraud prevention part and discharged smoothly to the outlet.
In the gaming machine according to claim 5, the rail member (32) has an inner surface corresponding to the out port (58) formed in an arc shape, and an inclined portion (102a, 102a, 358a) is inclined downward so as to gradually approach the inner surface of the rail member (32) and is continuous with the inner surface.
According to the invention of claim 5, since the inclined part of the fraud prevention part is inclined downward so as to be continuous with the inner side surface of the rail member, the game ball that rolls on the rail member and arrives at the fraud prevention part is It is possible to prevent it from being caught on the upper surface of the substrate.

請求項6に係る遊技機では、前記不正防止部(350)は、前記レール部材(32)に着脱自在に取付けられる。
請求項6の発明によれば、不正防止部は、レール部材に着脱自在に取付けられるので、不正防止部を備えていない既存の遊技機のレール部材に対して不正防止部を装着することができる。
請求項7に係る遊技機では、前記不正防止部(54,350)の左右方向の寸法は、前記アウト口(58)より大きく設定される。
請求項7の発明によれば、不正防止部の左右方向の寸法をアウト口より大きく設定したので、遊技球を左右に大きく分散させて遊技球の堆積をより確実に防止し得る。また、アウト口より広い範囲で遊技球の堆積を防止することができ、不正行為を確実に防止し得る。
In the gaming machine according to claim 6, the fraud prevention part (350) is detachably attached to the rail member (32).
According to the invention of claim 6, since the tamper prevention part is detachably attached to the rail member, the tamper prevention part can be attached to the rail member of an existing gaming machine that does not include the tamper prevention part. .
In the gaming machine according to the seventh aspect, the horizontal dimension of the fraud prevention part (54,350) is set larger than that of the out port (58).
According to the seventh aspect of the present invention, since the dimension in the left-right direction of the fraud prevention part is set larger than that of the out port, it is possible to more reliably prevent the accumulation of game balls by dispersing the game balls to the left and right. Further, it is possible to prevent the accumulation of game balls in a range wider than the out port, and it is possible to reliably prevent fraud.

本発明に係る遊技機によれば、簡易な構成で遊技球を堆積させる不正行為を防止することができる。   According to the gaming machine according to the present invention, it is possible to prevent an illegal act of depositing game balls with a simple configuration.

本発明の好適な実施例に係るパチンコ機の遊技盤を示す正面図である。1 is a front view showing a game board of a pachinko machine according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention. 実施例に係るパチンコ機を示す正面図である。It is a front view which shows the pachinko machine which concerns on an Example. 実施例に係るパチンコ機を示す斜視図であって、中枠に対し前枠を開放した状態で示す。It is a perspective view which shows the pachinko machine which concerns on an Example, Comprising: It shows in the state which open | released the front frame with respect to the inner frame. 実施例に係る遊技盤および裏ユニットを示す斜視図であるIt is a perspective view which shows the game board and back unit which concern on an Example. 実施例に係る不正防止部を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the fraud prevention part which concerns on an Example. 実施例に係る遊技盤を裏側から見た斜視図である。It is the perspective view which looked at the game board which concerns on an Example from the back side. 遊技盤に入賞口用飾り部材を取付ける様子を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows a mode that the decoration member for prize winning openings is attached to a game board. 実施例に係る不正防止部および透明部材の位置関係を示す縦断面図である。It is a longitudinal cross-sectional view which shows the positional relationship of the fraud prevention part which concerns on an Example, and a transparent member. 実施例に係る不正防止部および透明部材の位置関係を示す縦断面図であって、不正行為により透明部材が遊技盤から離間した状態を示している。It is a longitudinal cross-sectional view which shows the positional relationship of the fraud prevention part which concerns on an Example, and a transparent member, Comprising: The transparent member has shown the state spaced apart from the game board by the fraudulent act. 実施例に係る不正防止部の正面図である。It is a front view of the fraud prevention part which concerns on an Example. 裏ユニットにカバー部材を取付ける様子を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows a mode that a cover member is attached to a back unit. 実施例に係る裏ユニットの正面図である。It is a front view of the back unit concerning an example. 裏ユニットから演出装置を取外した状態を示す正面図である。It is a front view which shows the state which removed the production | presentation apparatus from the back unit. 実施例に係る裏ユニットを後方から見た斜視図である。It is the perspective view which looked at the back unit which concerns on an Example from back. 実施例に係る遊技盤および裏ユニットの縦断面図である。It is a longitudinal cross-sectional view of the game board and back unit which concern on an Example. 裏ユニットから演出装置を取外した状態を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the state which removed the production | presentation apparatus from the back unit. 実施例に係る裏ユニットの下部構造体を示す縦断面図である。It is a longitudinal cross-sectional view which shows the lower structure of the back unit which concerns on an Example. カバー部材に入賞口用発光装置およびケース体を取付ける様子を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows a mode that the light-emitting device for prize winning holes and a case body are attached to a cover member. 裏ユニットを遊技盤に取付けた状態を示す縦断面図である。It is a longitudinal cross-sectional view which shows the state which attached the back unit to the game board. 実施例に係る発光演出装置を前側から見た分解斜視図である。It is the disassembled perspective view which looked at the light emission effect device which concerns on an Example from the front side. 実施例に係る発光演出装置を後側から見た分解斜視図である。It is the disassembled perspective view which looked at the light emission effect device which concerns on an Example from the rear side. 発光演出装置から前側ケースを取外した状態を示す正面図である。It is a front view which shows the state which removed the front case from the light emission effect device. 実施例に係る発光演出装置の背面図である。It is a rear view of the light emission effect device according to the example. 実施例に係る左部演出装置を前側から見た分解斜視図である。It is the disassembled perspective view which looked at the left part production | presentation apparatus which concerns on an Example from the front side. 実施例に係る左部演出装置を後側から見た分解斜視図である。It is the disassembled perspective view which looked at the left part production apparatus which concerns on an Example from the rear side. 実施例に係る左部演出装置の正面図である。It is a front view of the left part direction device concerning an example. 実施例に係る左部演出装置の背面図である。It is a rear view of the left part production device concerning an example. 実施例に係る左部演出装置の縦断面図である。It is a longitudinal cross-sectional view of the left part production | presentation apparatus which concerns on an Example. 実施例に係る左部演出装置の背面図であって、可動演出体が第2姿勢にある状態を示す。It is a rear view of the left part production | presentation apparatus which concerns on an Example, Comprising: The state which has a movable production | presentation body in a 2nd attitude | position is shown. 可動演出体の駆動ギヤおよび扇状従動ギヤの噛合構造を示す説明図であって、可動演出体が第1姿勢にある状態を示す。It is explanatory drawing which shows the meshing structure of the drive gear of a movable production | presentation body, and a fan-shaped driven gear, Comprising: The state which a movable production | presentation body exists in a 1st attitude | position is shown. 可動演出体の駆動ギヤおよび扇状従動ギヤの噛合構造を示す説明図であって、可動演出体が第2姿勢にある状態を示す。It is explanatory drawing which shows the meshing structure of the drive gear of a movable production | presentation body, and a fan-shaped driven gear, Comprising: The state which a movable production | presentation body exists in a 2nd attitude | position is shown. 実施例に係る可動演出体を前側から見た分解斜視図である。It is the disassembled perspective view which looked at the movable production body concerning an example from the front side. 実施例に係る可動演出体を後側から見た分解斜視図である。It is the disassembled perspective view which looked at the movable production body which concerns on an Example from the rear side. 実施例に係る可動演出体を後側から見た斜視図であって、保持部を取外した状態で示す。It is the perspective view which looked at the movable production body which concerns on an Example from the back side, Comprising: It shows in the state which removed the holding | maintenance part. ベース体に押えカバーを組付ける様子を示す斜視図であって、(a)は前側から見た状態を示し、(b)は後側から見た状態を示す。It is a perspective view which shows a mode that a presser cover is assembled | attached to a base body, (a) shows the state seen from the front side, (b) shows the state seen from the back side. ベース体に押えカバーを組付けた状態を示す斜視図であって、(a)は前側から見た状態を示し、(b)は後側から見た状態を示す。It is a perspective view which shows the state which attached the presser cover to the base body, (a) shows the state seen from the front side, (b) shows the state seen from the rear side. 変更例に係る不正防止部を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the fraud prevention part which concerns on the example of a change. 変更例に係る不正防止部を示す平面図である。It is a top view which shows the fraud prevention part which concerns on the example of a change.

次に、本発明に係る遊技機につき、好適な実施例を挙げて、添付図面を参照しながら、以下詳細に説明する。なお、実施例では、遊技球としてパチンコ球を用いて遊技を行なうパチンコ機を例に挙げて説明する。また、以下の説明において、「前」・「後」・「左」・「右」とは、図1に示すようにパチンコ機に設置した遊技盤を正面側(遊技者側)から見た状態を基準として、遊技者側を前方と指称し、遊技盤の裏側を後方と指称するものとする。   Next, the gaming machine according to the present invention will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings by way of preferred embodiments. In the embodiment, a pachinko machine that plays a game using a pachinko ball as a game ball will be described as an example. In the following description, “front”, “rear”, “left”, and “right” are states when the game board installed on the pachinko machine is viewed from the front side (player side) as shown in FIG. As a reference, the player side is designated as the front, and the back side of the game board is designated as the rear.

〔パチンコ機について〕
実施例に係るパチンコ機の概略構成について、図1または図2を参照して説明する。図2に示すように、パチンコ機10は、遊技店に設けられた「島」とも称される設置枠台(図示せず)に固定される外枠12と、該外枠12に対して着脱および開閉可能に枢支された中枠14とを備えている。また中枠14には、パチンコ球が流下可能な遊技領域16が画成された遊技盤18が着脱交換可能に取付けられると共に、中枠14の前面側に前枠20が枢支されている。この前枠20は、全体が合成樹脂成形されており、図3に示すように、前記中枠14の左側部に配置した上下のヒンジ機構14a,14aに前枠20の上下の端部が軸支されて、前枠20は中枠14に対し開閉自在に取付けられている。前記前枠20の右側部裏側には、中枠14の右側部に設けた施錠装置の係合片14bが係脱自在に係合する係合溝20aが上下に複数設けられ、前枠20を中枠14に対し閉成した際に、前枠20の各係合溝20aに対応の係合片14bが係合して前枠20が施錠されるよう構成されている。前記前枠20は、中枠14に配設した遊技盤18の前側に位置して該遊技盤18を透視保護する透明部材22を備えると共に、この透明部材22の下方位置にパチンコ球を貯留可能な上球皿24が設けられており、前枠20の開閉に合わせて前記透明部材22および上球皿24が一体的に開閉するようになっている。更に、中枠14の前側における前枠20の下方には、パチンコ球を貯留可能な下球皿26を形成した球皿部材28が着脱および開閉可能に組付けられている。
[About pachinko machines]
A schematic configuration of the pachinko machine according to the embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 1 or FIG. As shown in FIG. 2, the pachinko machine 10 includes an outer frame 12 that is fixed to an installation frame base (not shown) that is also referred to as an “island” provided in the game store, and is attached to and detached from the outer frame 12. And an inner frame 14 pivotally supported so as to be opened and closed. Further, a game board 18 in which a game area 16 in which a pachinko ball can flow down is attached to the middle frame 14 so as to be detachable and replaceable, and a front frame 20 is pivotally supported on the front side of the middle frame 14. As shown in FIG. 3, the front frame 20 is entirely formed of synthetic resin. As shown in FIG. 3, the upper and lower hinge mechanisms 14a and 14a arranged on the left side of the middle frame 14 are provided with upper and lower ends of the front frame 20 as shafts. The front frame 20 is attached to the middle frame 14 so as to be openable and closable. On the back side of the right side of the front frame 20, a plurality of engagement grooves 20a are provided vertically to engage with the engagement pieces 14b of the locking device provided on the right side of the middle frame 14, so that the front frame 20 is When the middle frame 14 is closed, the corresponding engagement piece 14b is engaged with each engagement groove 20a of the front frame 20, and the front frame 20 is locked. The front frame 20 includes a transparent member 22 that is positioned on the front side of the game board 18 disposed in the middle frame 14 and protects the game board 18 from perspective, and can store a pachinko ball below the transparent member 22. An upper ball tray 24 is provided, and the transparent member 22 and the upper ball tray 24 are integrally opened and closed as the front frame 20 is opened and closed. Further, below the front frame 20 on the front side of the middle frame 14, a ball tray member 28 having a lower ball tray 26 capable of storing pachinko balls is assembled so as to be detachable and openable.

前記中枠14における球皿部材28の右側部には、操作ハンドル30が設けられており、該操作ハンドル30を操作することで、中枠14に配設した打球発射機構(図示せず)が作動して上球皿24に貯留したパチンコ球を遊技盤18へ向けて打出すよう構成されている。操作ハンドル30は、常には打球発射機構の作動を停止する状態となる方向(反時計回り)に付勢され、遊技者が時計回りに回動操作すると打球発射機構が作動され、回動操作の度合によりパチンコ球の打出し強度が調節可能となっている。   An operation handle 30 is provided on the right side of the ball tray member 28 in the middle frame 14, and a ball striking mechanism (not shown) disposed on the middle frame 14 is operated by operating the operation handle 30. The pachinko ball that is activated and stored in the upper ball tray 24 is configured to be ejected toward the game board 18. The operation handle 30 is always urged in a direction (counterclockwise) in which the operation of the ball striking mechanism is stopped, and when the player rotates the clock clockwise, the ball striking mechanism is activated and the rotation operation is performed. The launch strength of the pachinko ball can be adjusted according to the degree.

〔遊技盤について〕
図1に示すように、実施例の遊技盤18は、盤面に配設されたレール部材32(後述)により前記遊技領域16が画成された平板状の部材で構成されている。前記遊技盤18の裏側には、後述する複数の演出装置136,138,140等が配設されると共に、各種の図柄を変動・停止表示して特別図柄変動ゲームを行なう液晶式やドラム式等の図柄表示装置34(図4参照)が取付けられる裏ユニット36が配設される。前記遊技盤18の盤面には、該遊技盤18の左下隅部、左上隅部および右上隅部にかけて半円形状に配置された外レール38と、該外レール38の内側に離間して遊技盤18の下部中央から左上隅部にかけて配置される円弧状の内レール40とが配設されている。外レール38および内レール40は、何れも内側面が遊技盤18の盤面に対し略直角(交差する)となるよう配設されている。実施例では、前記外レール38は金属薄板から構成され、また、前記内レール40は合成樹脂で成形されている。また、外レール38と内レール40との間に、打球発射機構で打出したパチンコ球が案内される打出し通路42が画成されている。なお内レール40の上端部には、遊技領域16に打出したパチンコ球が打出し通路42に戻ることを防止する弾性部材44が配設されている。
[About the game board]
As shown in FIG. 1, the game board 18 of the embodiment is configured by a flat plate member in which the game area 16 is defined by rail members 32 (described later) arranged on the board surface. A plurality of effect devices 136, 138, 140, etc., which will be described later, are disposed on the back side of the game board 18, and a liquid crystal type, a drum type, etc. for performing a special symbol variation game by varying and stopping various symbols. A back unit 36 to which the symbol display device 34 (see FIG. 4) is attached is disposed. An outer rail 38 disposed in a semicircular shape over the lower left corner, upper left corner, and upper right corner of the game board 18 and a game board spaced apart from the inner rail 38 are provided on the board surface of the game board 18. An arc-shaped inner rail 40 disposed from the center of the lower portion 18 to the upper left corner is disposed. Both the outer rail 38 and the inner rail 40 are arranged so that the inner side faces are substantially perpendicular to (intersect) the board surface of the game board 18. In the embodiment, the outer rail 38 is made of a thin metal plate, and the inner rail 40 is formed of a synthetic resin. In addition, a launch passage 42 is defined between the outer rail 38 and the inner rail 40 for guiding a pachinko ball launched by the ball launching mechanism. An elastic member 44 that prevents the pachinko ball that has been launched into the game area 16 from returning to the launch path 42 is disposed at the upper end of the inner rail 40.

前記遊技盤18の盤面における四隅には、樹脂製のコーナー飾り46が複数設けられている。右側のコーナー飾り46の内側面は、前記外レール38の右端部に沿うよう湾曲した第1内側面48と、前記内レール40と同心状に延在すると共に該内レール40と略同一の曲率半径で湾曲した第2内側面50とで構成される。第1内側面48および第2内側面50は、遊技盤18の盤面に対し略直角をなすよう配設されている。また、前記第2内側面50の下端は、遊技盤18の下部中央において前記内レール40の右端部に連結部52を介して連結している。そして、前記外レール38の上部が規定する上に凸の円弧と、内レール40および第2内側面50が規定する下に凸の円弧とにより、前記遊技領域16が略円形状に画成されている。すなわち、実施例では、遊技領域16を画成するレール部材32は、内レール40、外レール38および第2内側面50によって構成されている。   A plurality of resin corner decorations 46 are provided at four corners of the game board 18. An inner side surface of the right corner decoration 46 is concentric with the first inner side surface 48 curved along the right end portion of the outer rail 38 and the inner rail 40 and has substantially the same curvature as the inner rail 40. The second inner side surface 50 is curved with a radius. The first inner side surface 48 and the second inner side surface 50 are disposed so as to be substantially perpendicular to the board surface of the game board 18. Further, the lower end of the second inner side surface 50 is connected to the right end portion of the inner rail 40 via a connecting portion 52 at the lower center of the game board 18. The game area 16 is defined in a substantially circular shape by an upward convex arc defined by the upper portion of the outer rail 38 and a downward convex arc defined by the inner rail 40 and the second inner side surface 50. ing. That is, in the embodiment, the rail member 32 that defines the game area 16 is constituted by the inner rail 40, the outer rail 38, and the second inner side surface 50.

図5に示すように、前記遊技領域16の最低部を規定する前記連結部52は、内レール40および第2内側面50に対し一段下がった段差形状をなしている。前記連結部52の上面は、後方へ向かうにつれて下方へ傾斜している。前記連結部52を含む内レール40および第2内側面50の前端には、後述する不正防止部54が一体成形されている。また、前記内レール40および第2内側面50における前記連結部52を含む部位には、当該部位の後縁部から上方へ立ち上がると共に前記遊技盤18の盤面に当接する後板部56が形成され、該後板部56に、前後方向に開放するアウト口58が開設される。すなわち、図1に示すように、前記アウト口58は、前記遊技盤18における遊技領域16の最下部で開口して、後述する始動口70や特別入賞口74、一般入賞口84に入賞しないパチンコ球をアウト口58を介して遊技領域16から排出するよう構成してある。実施例では、前記アウト口58の左右の開口寸法は、前記連結部52の左右の幅寸法と同一に設定されており、該連結部52に到来したパチンコ球は、該連結部52上を後方へ転動してアウト口58へ案内されるよう構成される。なお、前記連結部52の下部には、前記右側のコーナー飾り46の左端部に連設される合成樹脂製の肉厚部60が形成されている。この肉厚部60には、矩形状に前方が開放する矩形凹部62が所要の深さで複数凹設されている。この矩形凹部62は、前記連結部52の成形時にヒケが生ずるのを防止する肉盗みとして機能するものであり、実施例では、矩形凹部62は、左右に並んで4つ形成されている。   As shown in FIG. 5, the connecting portion 52 that defines the lowest portion of the gaming area 16 has a stepped shape that is one step lower than the inner rail 40 and the second inner side surface 50. The upper surface of the connecting portion 52 is inclined downward as it goes rearward. A fraud prevention portion 54 to be described later is integrally formed at the front ends of the inner rail 40 and the second inner side surface 50 including the connecting portion 52. Further, a portion of the inner rail 40 and the second inner side surface 50 including the connecting portion 52 is formed with a rear plate portion 56 that rises upward from the rear edge of the portion and contacts the board surface of the game board 18. The rear plate portion 56 is provided with an out port 58 that opens in the front-rear direction. That is, as shown in FIG. 1, the out port 58 opens at the bottom of the game area 16 in the game board 18 and does not win a starting port 70, a special winning port 74, or a general winning port 84, which will be described later. The ball is discharged from the game area 16 through the out port 58. In the embodiment, the left and right opening dimensions of the out port 58 are set to be the same as the left and right width dimensions of the connecting portion 52, and the pachinko balls that have arrived at the connecting portion 52 are rearward on the connecting portion 52. And is guided to the outlet 58. In addition, a thick portion 60 made of a synthetic resin that is connected to the left end portion of the right corner decoration 46 is formed at the lower portion of the connecting portion 52. The thick portion 60 is provided with a plurality of rectangular recesses 62 having a required depth in a rectangular shape with the front opening. The rectangular recesses 62 function as meat stealing that prevents sink marks from occurring when the connecting portion 52 is formed. In the embodiment, four rectangular recesses 62 are formed side by side.

前記遊技盤18には、前記図柄表示装置34の表示部64が臨む図柄表示用開口部66が開設された枠状装飾部材68が配設されると共に、該枠状装飾部材68の下方位置に、パチンコ球が入賞可能な始動口(入賞口)70を備えた始動入賞装置72が配設されている。そして、前記始動入賞装置72の始動口70にパチンコ球が入賞することで、図柄表示装置34での特別図柄変動ゲームが開始されるよう構成される。この特別図柄変動ゲームの結果、前記図柄表示装置34に特定の図柄組合わせ(例えば、同一図柄の三つ揃え)が表示されることで遊技者に有利な大当り(特別遊技)が発生するよう構成されている。前記遊技盤18における始動入賞装置72の下方位置には、大当り発生時に特別入賞口(入賞口)74を開放してパチンコ球の入賞を許容する特別入賞装置(入賞装置)76が配設され、該特別入賞口74にパチンコ球が入賞することで、球払出装置(図示せず)から前記上球皿24に賞球が払出されるようになっている。   The game board 18 is provided with a frame-shaped decorative member 68 having a symbol display opening 66 where the display unit 64 of the symbol display device 34 faces, and is positioned below the frame-shaped decorative member 68. A start winning device 72 having a start opening (winning opening) 70 through which a pachinko ball can be won is disposed. A special symbol variation game on the symbol display device 34 is started when a pachinko ball wins at the start port 70 of the start winning device 72. As a result of this special symbol variation game, a special symbol combination advantageous to the player (special game) is generated by displaying a specific symbol combination (for example, three combinations of the same symbol) on the symbol display device 34. Has been. A special winning device (winning device) 76 that opens a special winning port (winning port) 74 and allows the winning of a pachinko ball when a big hit occurs is disposed below the start winning device 72 on the game board 18. When the pachinko ball wins the special winning opening 74, the winning ball is paid out to the upper ball tray 24 from a ball payout device (not shown).

図6に示すように、前記遊技盤18には、遊技領域16の略中央から右側部(図6では左側部)に至る大部分が開口する第1の貫通口78と、該第1の貫通口78の下方位置において遊技領域16の左右幅方向の略中央に開設された第2の貫通口80と、遊技領域16の左下方(図6では右側方)に開設された三日月状の第3の貫通口82とが開設されている。前記第1の貫通口78には、該第1の貫通口78の開口縁部を覆うように前記枠状装飾部材68が取付けられると共に、前記第2の貫通口80には、前記始動入賞装置72および特別入賞装置76が取付けられる。また、前記第3の貫通口82には、遊技領域16に開口する複数(実施例では3つ)の一般入賞口84,84,84を備えた合成樹脂製の入賞口用飾り部材(入賞装置)86が配設される。図6に示すように、前記第2の貫通口80に取付けられた前記始動入賞装置72は、該始動入賞装置72の本体部72aが該第2の貫通口80を介して遊技盤18の裏側へ突出している。同様に、特別入賞装置76についても、前記第2の貫通口80に取付けられた状態において、特別入賞装置76の本体部76aが該第2の貫通口80を介して前記遊技盤18の裏側へ突出している。なお、遊技盤18の下部中央には、前記レール部材32のアウト口58に対応する排出凹部88が該遊技盤18の下端部から上方へ凹設されており、アウト口58を通過したパチンコ球を排出凹部88を介して機外へ排出するようになっている。   As shown in FIG. 6, the game board 18 includes a first through-hole 78 that is open from the approximate center of the game area 16 to the right side (the left side in FIG. 6), and the first penetration. A second penetrating port 80 established at the approximate center in the left-right width direction of the gaming area 16 at a position below the mouth 78 and a crescent-shaped third located at the lower left (right side in FIG. 6) of the gaming area 16. Through-hole 82 is established. The frame-shaped decorative member 68 is attached to the first through-hole 78 so as to cover the opening edge of the first through-hole 78, and the start winning device is attached to the second through-hole 80. 72 and a special winning device 76 are attached. In addition, the third through hole 82 has a plurality of (three in the embodiment) general winning holes 84, 84, 84 opened in the game area 16. ) 86 is disposed. As shown in FIG. 6, the start winning device 72 attached to the second through hole 80 is such that the main body 72a of the start winning device 72 is behind the game board 18 through the second through port 80. Protruding to Similarly, with respect to the special winning device 76, the main body portion 76 a of the special winning device 76 is connected to the back side of the game board 18 through the second through port 80 in a state where it is attached to the second through port 80. It protrudes. A discharge recess 88 corresponding to the out port 58 of the rail member 32 is recessed upward from the lower end of the game board 18 at the lower center of the game board 18, and the pachinko ball that has passed through the out port 58. Is discharged to the outside through the discharge recess 88.

前記枠状装飾部材68の下部には、パチンコ球を一旦取込んで転動させた後に排出するステージ部90が設けられると共に、該図柄表示用開口部66の左側に、遊技領域16に球導入口92aが開口して該遊技領域16を流下するパチンコ球を取込んでステージ部90に案内する球導入部92が設けられている。そして、前記球導入部92からステージ部90に通出されたパチンコ球は、ステージ部90に形成した転動面94上を左右に転動した後に、各入賞口70,74,84が臨む遊技領域16に排出される。前記ステージ部90および転動面94は、全体が光透過性を有する透明部材で構成されている。また、前記転動面94は、全体として下に凸の円弧形状に形成されると共に、転動面94の幅方向中央に、前記始動入賞装置72の始動口70の真上に位置して、パチンコ球を始動口70へ向けて排出する樋状の案内部96が凹設されている。   A stage portion 90 is provided below the frame-shaped decorative member 68 to take in the pachinko ball, roll it, and discharge it. The ball is introduced into the game area 16 on the left side of the symbol display opening 66. There is provided a ball introduction portion 92 that opens the mouth 92 a and takes a pachinko ball flowing down the game area 16 and guides it to the stage portion 90. The pachinko balls passed from the ball introduction section 92 to the stage section 90 roll to the left and right on the rolling surface 94 formed on the stage section 90, and then the game where each winning opening 70, 74, 84 faces. It is discharged into the area 16. The stage unit 90 and the rolling surface 94 are entirely made of a transparent member having optical transparency. Further, the rolling surface 94 is formed in a downwardly convex circular arc shape as a whole, and is located in the center of the rolling surface 94 in the width direction, directly above the starting port 70 of the starting winning device 72, A bowl-shaped guide portion 96 for discharging the pachinko ball toward the start port 70 is recessed.

また、前記ステージ部90の前面には、前記案内部96の周辺を装飾する装飾板98が配設されている。この装飾板98は、非透明な材質で形成されており、前記ステージ部90における案内部96周辺の後方を視認不能としている。図7に示すように、前記枠状装飾部材68には、ステージ部90における転動面94の後端縁から上方に立ち上がる後壁部材100が設けられ、該後壁部材100により転動面94を転動するパチンコ球が遊技盤18の後方(図柄表示装置34の表示部64側)へ移動するのを規制している。この後壁部材100は、透明な合成樹脂で成形されており、該後壁部材100を介して後述する発光演出装置142等は視認し得るようになっている。なお、図1は、後壁部材100を枠状装飾部材68から取外した状態で示している。   A decorative plate 98 for decorating the periphery of the guide portion 96 is disposed on the front surface of the stage portion 90. The decorative plate 98 is made of a non-transparent material, and the back of the stage portion 90 around the guide portion 96 is not visible. As shown in FIG. 7, the frame-shaped decorative member 68 is provided with a rear wall member 100 that rises upward from the rear end edge of the rolling surface 94 in the stage portion 90, and the rolling surface 94 is formed by the rear wall member 100. The pachinko ball rolling is restricted from moving behind the game board 18 (on the display unit 64 side of the symbol display device 34). The rear wall member 100 is formed of a transparent synthetic resin, and a light emitting effect device 142 and the like to be described later can be visually recognized through the rear wall member 100. FIG. 1 shows the rear wall member 100 in a state where it is removed from the frame-shaped decorative member 68.

〔不正防止部について〕
前記不正防止部54は、遊技者が上球皿24を手前(遊技盤18から離間する方向)へ引っ張ることで、透明部材22と前記連結部52の前端との間に隙間を形成し、当該隙間に複数のパチンコ球を堆積させる不正行為への対策として設けられるものである。この不正防止部54は、薄板状の非透明部材で構成され、前記連結部52における前端から遊技盤18の盤面と平行に上方へ突出するよう形成されている。図8に示すように、不正防止部54の前面は、内レール40および第2内側面50の前端から該不正防止部54の厚み分だけ前方に位置している。すなわち、透明部材22と不正防止部54の前面との離間距離L1は、透明部材22と前記レール部材32(連結部52)の前端との離間距離L2より不正防止部54の厚み分だけ小さくなっている。不正防止部54の厚み寸法は、内レール40の内側面および第2内側面50の前後幅に較べて小さく形成されており、実施例では、約3mmに設定されている。このように、薄板状の不正防止部54を連結部52の前端に形成することで、図9に示すように、透明部材22と連結部52の前端との間に隙間が形成されたとしても、不正防止部54の上部からパチンコ球を落下させて、不正防止部54の上部にパチンコ球が堆積するのを困難としている。
[About the Fraud Prevention Department]
The fraud prevention part 54 forms a gap between the transparent member 22 and the front end of the connecting part 52 by the player pulling the upper ball tray 24 forward (in a direction away from the game board 18). It is provided as a countermeasure against fraudulent acts that deposit a plurality of pachinko balls in the gap. This fraud prevention part 54 is comprised by the thin plate-shaped non-transparent member, and it is formed so that it may protrude upward from the front end in the said connection part 52 in parallel with the board surface of the game board 18. As shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 8, the front surface of the fraud prevention portion 54 is positioned forward from the front ends of the inner rail 40 and the second inner side surface 50 by the thickness of the fraud prevention portion 54. That is, the separation distance L 1 between the transparent member 22 and the front surface of the fraud prevention portion 54 is equal to the thickness of the fraud prevention portion 54 than the separation distance L 2 between the transparent member 22 and the front end of the rail member 32 (connecting portion 52). It is getting smaller. The thickness dimension of the fraud prevention part 54 is formed smaller than the front and rear widths of the inner side surface of the inner rail 40 and the second inner side surface 50, and is set to about 3 mm in the embodiment. Thus, even if a gap is formed between the transparent member 22 and the front end of the connecting portion 52 as shown in FIG. 9 by forming the thin plate-shaped fraud preventing portion 54 at the front end of the connecting portion 52. The pachinko sphere is dropped from the upper part of the fraud prevention part 54 to make it difficult for the pachinko sphere to be deposited on the upper part of the fraud prevention part 54.

前記不正防止部54の上面102は、後方へ向かうにつれて下方傾斜するよう構成されており、パチンコ球を不正防止部54の上面102から積極的に落下させるよう構成されている。図10に示すように、不正防止部54の上面102の中央部は、左右方向に水平に延在すると共に、該上面102の左右の縁部には、該不正防止部54の左右方向の中央部から離間するにつれて円弧状に下方傾斜する傾斜部102a,102aが形成されている。右側の傾斜部102aは、前記第2内側面50に漸次的に近接するよう下方傾斜しており、当該傾斜部102aの右端部が第2内側面50と滑らかに連なるよう形成されている。また、左側の傾斜部102aは、前記内レール40に漸次的に近接するよう下方傾斜して、当該傾斜部102aの左端部が内レール40と滑らかに連なるよう形成されている。すなわち、不正防止部54の上面102の左右を内レール40または第2内側面50に滑らかに連なるよう構成することで、不正防止部54の左右の縁部と内レール40または第2内側面50との境界部分(図10の破線で囲んだ部分)に上下方向の段差が生じないようにして、当該境界部分にパチンコ球が引っ掛かり難くしている。また、前記不正防止部54の左右の幅寸法L3は、図10に示すように、アウト口58の左右の幅寸法より大きく設定されている。 The upper surface 102 of the fraud prevention part 54 is configured to incline downward toward the rear, and is configured to positively drop pachinko balls from the upper surface 102 of the fraud prevention part 54. As shown in FIG. 10, the center portion of the upper surface 102 of the fraud prevention portion 54 extends horizontally in the left-right direction, and the left and right edges of the upper surface 102 are centered in the left-right direction of the fraud prevention portion 54. Inclined portions 102a, 102a are formed which are inclined downward in an arc shape as they are separated from the portion. The right inclined portion 102 a is inclined downward so as to gradually approach the second inner side surface 50, and the right end portion of the inclined portion 102 a is formed so as to be smoothly connected to the second inner side surface 50. Further, the left inclined portion 102 a is formed to be inclined downward so as to gradually approach the inner rail 40 so that the left end portion of the inclined portion 102 a is smoothly connected to the inner rail 40. That is, the left and right edges of the fraud prevention portion 54 and the inner rail 40 or the second inner side surface 50 are configured by smoothly connecting the left and right sides of the upper surface 102 of the fraud prevention portion 54 to the inner rail 40 or the second inner side surface 50. In order to prevent a pachinko ball from being caught on the boundary portion, a step in the vertical direction is not generated at the boundary portion (a portion surrounded by a broken line in FIG. 10). Also, the left and right width dimension L 3 of the fraud prevention part 54 is set larger than the left and right width dimensions of the out port 58 as shown in FIG.

ここで、前記前枠20は、中枠14に対し左右の側部が固定されているため、遊技者が前記上球皿24を手前へ引っ張った場合、前枠20の下部における左右中央部が湾曲して遊技盤18から離間することとなる。従って、前枠20は、上球皿24が設けられた下部側が遊技盤18に対し最も離間するので、前記透明部材22も下部側が連結部52(遊技盤18)から最も離間することとなる。すなわち、図9に示すように、遊技者が上球皿24を手前に引っ張った場合に、透明部材22は、上側から下側に向かうにつれて遊技盤18から離間する傾斜姿勢となる。従って、不正防止部54の連結部52からの突出高さL4を大きくするに従い、傾斜姿勢となった透明部材22と不正防止部54の上面102との離間距離L1は小さくなる。一方、不正防止部54の突出高さL4を大きくすれば、遊技者側から連結部52上のパチンコ球が視認し難くなり、アウト口58付近で球詰まりが発生したか否かについての確認が困難となってしまう。そこで、不正防止部54の突出高さL4は、連結部52上のパチンコ球を確認し得る範囲で極力大きな値に設定されるのが好ましく、実施例では、不正防止部54の突出高さL4をパチンコ球の半径程度に設定してある。 Here, since the left and right sides of the front frame 20 are fixed with respect to the middle frame 14, when the player pulls the upper ball tray 24 toward the front, It will bend away from the game board 18. Accordingly, since the lower side of the front frame 20 where the upper ball tray 24 is provided is most separated from the game board 18, the lower side of the transparent member 22 is also farthest from the connecting portion 52 (game board 18). That is, as shown in FIG. 9, when the player pulls the upper ball tray 24 toward the front, the transparent member 22 is inclined so as to move away from the game board 18 from the upper side to the lower side. Accordingly, as the protrusion height L 4 of the fraud prevention portion 54 from the connecting portion 52 is increased, the separation distance L 1 between the inclined transparent member 22 and the upper surface 102 of the fraud prevention portion 54 is reduced. On the other hand, by increasing the protruding height L 4 of the fraud prevention unit 54, pachinko balls on the connecting portion 52 from the player side is less visible, confirmation of whether the balls jam occurs near the out port 58 Becomes difficult. Therefore, the protrusion height L 4 of the fraud prevention part 54 is preferably set to a value as large as possible within a range where the pachinko balls on the connection part 52 can be confirmed. In the embodiment, the protrusion height L 4 of the fraud prevention part 54 is set. L 4 is set to the radius of the pachinko sphere.

〔入賞口用飾り部材について〕
前記入賞口用飾り部材86は、図7に示すように、前記第3の貫通口82を前側から覆い得る寸法および形状に形成された非光透過性の装飾板体104と、該装飾板体104に設けられ、前記一般入賞口84が上部に形成された複数(実施例では3つ)の一般入賞部106,106,106と、該装飾板体104に配設され、光透過性を有すると共に光散乱処理が施された複数の光透過部材108とから構成される。そして、光透過部材108の後端部を第3の貫通口82に対して前側から挿入して遊技盤18の盤面に装飾板体104を当接させ、該装飾板体104を遊技盤18に図示しないネジでネジ止めすることで、入賞口用飾り部材86が遊技盤18に位置決め固定される。図6に示すように、入賞口用飾り部材86を遊技盤18に取付けた状態で、前記光透過部材108は第3の貫通口82に臨むよう構成される。
[About the decorations for winning mouths]
As shown in FIG. 7, the prize opening decoration member 86 includes a non-light-transmitting decorative plate body 104 having a size and a shape that can cover the third through hole 82 from the front side, and the decorative plate body. 104, and a plurality of (three in the embodiment) general winning portions 106, 106, 106 provided in the upper portion of the general winning opening 84, and the decorative plate body 104, and have light transmission properties. A plurality of light transmitting members 108 that have been subjected to light scattering treatment. Then, the rear end portion of the light transmitting member 108 is inserted into the third through hole 82 from the front side so that the decorative plate body 104 is brought into contact with the surface of the game board 18, and the decorative plate body 104 is attached to the game board 18. By screwing with a screw (not shown), the decoration member 86 for winning a prize opening is positioned and fixed to the game board 18. As shown in FIG. 6, the light transmitting member 108 is configured to face the third through hole 82 in a state in which the prize opening decoration member 86 is attached to the game board 18.

前記一般入賞部106には、前記一般入賞口84に入賞したパチンコ球を後方へ送る断面U字状の排出樋110,112,114が、前記装飾板体104から後方へ突出するよう形成されている。そして、前記装飾板体104を遊技盤18に取付けた際に、前記一般入賞口84が前記遊技領域16に開口すると共に、前記排出樋110,112,114が第3の貫通口82に臨むようなっている。また、第3の貫通口82に臨んだ排出樋110,112,114の後端部110a,112a,114aは、該第3の貫通口82の後方開口縁に位置して、後方に向けて開口している(図6参照)。なお、以下の説明では、最上部に位置する一般入賞部106から最下部に位置する一般入賞部106までを、順に第1〜第3の一般入賞部106,106,106と指称し、また、第1〜第3の一般入賞部106,106,106に対応する一般入賞口84,84,84および排出樋110,112,114を、夫々、第1〜第3の一般入賞口84,84,84および第1〜第3排出樋110,112,114と指称する場合がある。前記光透過部材108は、前記装飾板体104に前後に貫通するよう形成された取付け用開口部(図示せず)に後側から嵌め込まれた状態で該装飾板体104にネジ止めされる。入賞口用飾り部材86を遊技盤18に取付けた状態で光透過部材108の後端面は、図6に示すように、遊技盤18の裏面より前方に位置するよう設定され、第3の貫通口82内には、光透過部材108へ向けて光を照射する入賞口用発光装置(発光装置)116を収容可能な空間が確保されるようになっている。   The general winning portion 106 is formed with U-shaped discharge rods 110, 112, and 114 that project backward the pachinko balls that have won the general winning opening 84 so as to protrude rearward from the decorative plate body 104. Yes. When the decorative board 104 is attached to the game board 18, the general winning opening 84 opens into the game area 16, and the discharge rods 110, 112, 114 face the third through hole 82. It has become. Further, the rear end portions 110a, 112a, 114a of the discharge rods 110, 112, 114 facing the third through hole 82 are located at the rear opening edge of the third through hole 82, and are opened rearward. (See FIG. 6). In the following description, the general winning portion 106 located at the top to the general winning portion 106 located at the bottom are sequentially designated as first to third general winning portions 106, 106, 106, General winning ports 84, 84, 84 and discharge rods 110, 112, 114 corresponding to the first to third general winning portions 106, 106, 106 are respectively connected to the first to third general winning ports 84, 84, 84 and first to third discharge rods 110, 112, and 114. The light transmitting member 108 is screwed to the decorative plate body 104 in a state of being fitted from the rear side to an attachment opening (not shown) formed so as to penetrate the decorative plate body 104 in the front-rear direction. As shown in FIG. 6, the rear end surface of the light transmitting member 108 in a state in which the prize opening decoration member 86 is attached to the game board 18 is set to be located in front of the back surface of the game board 18, and the third through hole In 82, a space capable of accommodating a prize opening light emitting device (light emitting device) 116 that irradiates light toward the light transmitting member 108 is secured.

〔裏ユニットについて〕
前記裏ユニット36は、図11,図12,図13に示すように、前方に開口する矩形箱状に形成された箱状本体118と、該箱状本体118の下端部に形成され、排出用球通路(球通路)120や複数の裏基板設置部122が形成された下部構造体124と、箱状本体118の開口前端部および下部構造体124の前端部に形成されて外側へ延出し、前記遊技盤18の裏面に当接する設置固定部126とから基本的に構成される。箱状本体118は、前記遊技盤18に対向する矩形板状に形成された対向面部128と、該対向面部128における上下左右の各縁部から前方に延出する画壁部130とから前方に開口するよう形成されて、上および左右の各画壁部130の前端部から箱状本体118の開口外側へ向けて延出するよう前記設置固定部126が形成されている。また、下部構造体124は、壁部によって前方に開口するよう形成されて、下および左右の壁部の前端から外側へ向けて前記設置固定部126が形成される。そして、各設置固定部126の前面を遊技盤18の裏面に当接した状態で、図示しないネジを介して遊技盤18に裏ユニット36が着脱自在に固定されて、箱状本体118によって前記枠状装飾部材68の図柄表示用開口部66を後側から覆い得るよう構成される。
[About the back unit]
As shown in FIGS. 11, 12, and 13, the back unit 36 is formed at a box-shaped main body 118 formed in a rectangular box shape that opens to the front, and a lower end portion of the box-shaped main body 118. A lower structure 124 in which a ball passage (ball passage) 120 and a plurality of back substrate installation portions 122 are formed, a front end portion of the opening of the box-shaped main body 118 and a front end portion of the lower structure body 124 are extended outward. It is basically composed of an installation fixing portion 126 that abuts against the back surface of the game board 18. The box-shaped main body 118 is forward from a facing surface portion 128 formed in a rectangular plate shape facing the game board 18 and an image wall portion 130 extending forward from each of the upper, lower, left and right edges of the facing surface portion 128. The installation fixing portion 126 is formed so as to open, and extends from the front end portion of each of the upper and left wall portions 130 toward the outside of the opening of the box-shaped main body 118. Further, the lower structure 124 is formed so as to open forward by the wall portion, and the installation fixing portion 126 is formed outward from the front ends of the lower and left and right wall portions. Then, the back unit 36 is detachably fixed to the game board 18 via screws (not shown) in a state where the front surface of each installation fixing part 126 is in contact with the back surface of the game board 18, and the box-shaped main body 118 fixes the frame. The symbol display opening 66 of the decorative member 68 can be covered from the rear side.

図12に示すように、前記対向面部128には、上下および左右幅の大部分が開口する横長矩形状の開口部132が形成されており、以下の説明において、対向面部128における開口部132に対する上下左右に位置する部分について、上対向面部128a、下対向面部128b、左対向面部128c、右対向面部128dと夫々指称し、該上下左右の対向面部128a〜128dに対応する画壁部130を、上画壁部130a、下画壁部130b、左画壁部130c、右画壁部130dと夫々指称するものとする。図14に示すように、前記裏ユニット36における左対向面部128cの裏面に一対の支持部131,131が設けられると共に、前記右対向面部128dの裏面に一対の固定基部134,134が設けられている。そして、これら支持部131,131および固定基部134,134を介して前記図柄表示装置34が裏ユニット36の後面に取付けられ、該図柄表示装置34の表示部64が前記開口部132に臨んでいる。   As shown in FIG. 12, the opposed surface portion 128 is formed with a horizontally elongated rectangular opening portion 132 whose upper and lower and left and right widths are mostly open. In the following description, the opposed surface portion 128 is formed with respect to the opening portion 132. With respect to the upper and lower left and right portions, the upper facing surface portion 128a, the lower facing surface portion 128b, the left facing surface portion 128c, and the right facing surface portion 128d are designated respectively, and the image wall portions 130 corresponding to the up, down, left and right facing surface portions 128a to 128d are The upper drawing wall portion 130a, the lower drawing wall portion 130b, the left drawing wall portion 130c, and the right drawing wall portion 130d are respectively referred to. As shown in FIG. 14, a pair of support portions 131 and 131 are provided on the back surface of the left facing surface portion 128c of the back unit 36, and a pair of fixed base portions 134 and 134 are provided on the back surface of the right facing surface portion 128d. Yes. The symbol display device 34 is attached to the rear surface of the back unit 36 through the support portions 131 and 131 and the fixed base portions 134 and 134, and the display portion 64 of the symbol display device 34 faces the opening 132. .

前記箱状本体118の前側には、図12に示すように、前記開口部132の左縁部、上縁部および右縁部を囲繞するように、左部演出装置136、上部演出装置138および右部演出装置140が配設されると共に、該開口部132の下縁部の略中央位置に発光演出装置142が配設され、遊技状態に合わせて各種の遊技演出を行ない得るようになっている。前記左対向面部128cには、図13に示す如く、前記開口部132の左側縁部の略全体に亘って装飾カバー144が配設されている。この装飾カバー144の左側部には、前方へ向けて立設する装飾壁部144aが形成されている。この装飾壁部144aは、前記左部演出装置136の可動演出体258(後述)における左側部の外郭形状に整合する形状とされる。図15に示すように、前記装飾カバー144における遊技盤18に対向する部位は、後方へ凹んだ凹状部144bとされて、前記裏ユニット36を遊技盤18に取付けた際に、前記装飾カバー144の凹状部144bと遊技盤18の裏面との間に前記可動演出体258を収容可能な収容部146が画成されるようになっている。   As shown in FIG. 12, on the front side of the box-shaped main body 118, a left effect device 136, an upper effect device 138, and a left effect device 136, and an upper effect device 138, A right effect device 140 is provided, and a light emitting effect device 142 is provided at a substantially central position of the lower edge of the opening 132 so that various game effects can be performed according to the gaming state. Yes. As shown in FIG. 13, a decorative cover 144 is disposed on the left facing surface portion 128c over substantially the entire left edge of the opening 132. On the left side of the decorative cover 144, there is formed a decorative wall portion 144a that stands up toward the front. The decorative wall portion 144a has a shape that matches the outer shape of the left side portion of the movable effect body 258 (described later) of the left effect device 136. As shown in FIG. 15, the portion of the decorative cover 144 that faces the game board 18 is a recessed portion 144 b that is recessed backward, and the decorative cover 144 is attached when the back unit 36 is attached to the game board 18. An accommodating portion 146 that can accommodate the movable effect body 258 is defined between the concave portion 144 b of the game board 18 and the back surface of the game board 18.

図13に示すように、前記開口部132の左上隅部に対応する左対向面部128cおよび上対向面部128aの連結部位には、前記左部演出装置136を設置するための装置設置部148が形成されている。この装置設置部148には、前記上対向面部128aおよび左対向面部128cから前方へ突出する複数のボス部148aが設けられている。更に、前記左対向面部128cには、前後方向に開放するモータ用円形孔部150が開設されている。また、左対向面部128cには、前記装飾カバー144と左画壁部130cとの間のスペースに表中継基板152が配設され、該表中継基板152のコネクタ受部152aに、前記左部演出装置136から導出する配線272g,320fが中継接続されるようになっている。なお、前記左画壁部130cにおける前記表中継基板152の上方位置には、配線フック130eが設けられている。   As shown in FIG. 13, a device installation portion 148 for installing the left effect device 136 is formed at a connecting portion of the left facing surface portion 128c and the upper facing surface portion 128a corresponding to the upper left corner of the opening 132. Has been. The device installation portion 148 is provided with a plurality of boss portions 148a protruding forward from the upper facing surface portion 128a and the left facing surface portion 128c. Further, a circular hole 150 for a motor that opens in the front-rear direction is formed in the left facing surface portion 128c. In addition, a front relay board 152 is disposed on the left facing surface portion 128c in a space between the decorative cover 144 and the left picture wall portion 130c, and the left portion effect is provided on the connector receiving portion 152a of the front relay board 152. Wirings 272g and 320f derived from the device 136 are relay-connected. A wiring hook 130e is provided at a position above the front relay board 152 in the left picture wall portion 130c.

前記下対向面部128bにおける左右方向の略中央位置には、前記発光演出装置142を設置するための中央設置部154が形成されている。この中央設置部154は、裏ユニット36を遊技盤18に取付けた際に、前記ステージ部90の案内部96の後方に位置するよう構成される。前記中央設置部154には、前記下対向面部128bから前方へ突出する一対の下側ボス部156,156と、同じく下対向面部128bから前方へ突出すると共に該下側ボス部156より上方に位置する一対の上側ボス部158,158とが形成されている(図16参照)。前記下側ボス部156の前方への突出量は、前記上側ボス部158より大きく設定されている。前記中央設置部154には、前後方向に開放する中配線通孔160が形成されており、該中配線通孔160を介して発光演出装置142から導出する配線224c,232e,252gが裏ユニット36の裏側へ引き出されるようになっている(図14参照)。また、前記下対向面部128bにおける中央設置部154の左側に、前後方向に開放する左配線通孔162が形成され、前記表中継基板152から導出する配線152b等が左配線通孔162を介して裏ユニット36の裏側へ引き出される。   A central installation portion 154 for installing the light emitting effect device 142 is formed at a substantially central position in the left-right direction of the lower facing surface portion 128b. The central installation portion 154 is configured to be positioned behind the guide portion 96 of the stage portion 90 when the back unit 36 is attached to the game board 18. The central installation portion 154 includes a pair of lower boss portions 156 and 156 protruding forward from the lower facing surface portion 128b, and also protruding forward from the lower facing surface portion 128b and positioned above the lower boss portion 156. A pair of upper boss portions 158 and 158 are formed (see FIG. 16). A forward protrusion amount of the lower boss portion 156 is set to be larger than that of the upper boss portion 158. The central installation portion 154 is formed with a middle wiring through hole 160 that opens in the front-rear direction, and wirings 224 c, 232 e, 252 g led out from the light emitting effect device 142 through the middle wiring through hole 160 are back unit 36. It is pulled out to the back side of (see FIG. 14). In addition, a left wiring through hole 162 opened in the front-rear direction is formed on the left side of the central installation portion 154 in the lower facing surface portion 128b, and the wiring 152b and the like led out from the front relay board 152 are connected via the left wiring through hole 162. It is pulled out to the back side of the back unit 36.

〔下部構造体の構成について〕
前記下部構造体124の裏面には、前記裏基板設置部122が複数形成され、各裏基板設置部122に裏中継基板164が取付けられている。裏中継基板164には、複数のコネクタ受部164aが設けられており、前記表中継基板152や発光演出装置142等から導出した配線152b,232e,224c,252g,202eが裏中継基板164のコネクタ受部164aに接続されている(図14参照)。
[About the structure of the lower structure]
A plurality of the back substrate installation portions 122 are formed on the back surface of the lower structure 124, and a back relay substrate 164 is attached to each back substrate installation portion 122. The back relay board 164 is provided with a plurality of connector receiving portions 164a, and the wirings 152b, 232e, 224c, 252g, 202e derived from the front relay board 152, the light emitting effect device 142, etc. are connectors of the back relay board 164. It is connected to the receiving part 164a (refer FIG. 14).

図13,16に示す如く、前記下部構造体124の前側中央には、前方および下方に開放して前記始動入賞装置72の本体部72aを収容可能な中収容部166が画成されている。また、下部構造体124の下端部には、上側に向けて凹設された収容凹部168が前記中収容部166の下方に位置して設けられている。前記収容凹部168は、前記特別入賞装置76の本体部76aを収容可能に構成される。そして、図15に示すように、裏ユニット36を遊技盤18に取付けた際に、該遊技盤18の第2の貫通口80を介して遊技盤18の裏側に突出する始動入賞装置72の本体部72aおよび特別入賞装置76の本体部76aが、夫々、前記中収容部166および収容凹部168に収容される。すなわち、実施例では、前記裏ユニット36の開口部132の下縁部における中央位置から下部構造体124の下端部までの狭小なスペースに、前記中央設置部154、中収容部166および収容凹部168が上下の関係で並んで設けられている。   As shown in FIGS. 13 and 16, a middle housing portion 166 is formed at the front center of the lower structure 124 so as to open forward and downward and accommodate the main body 72 a of the start winning device 72. An accommodation recess 168 that is recessed upward is provided at the lower end of the lower structure 124 so as to be positioned below the middle accommodation portion 166. The accommodation recess 168 is configured to accommodate the main body 76a of the special prize device 76. As shown in FIG. 15, when the back unit 36 is attached to the game board 18, the main body of the start winning device 72 that protrudes to the back side of the game board 18 through the second through hole 80 of the game board 18. The portion 72a and the main body portion 76a of the special winning device 76 are accommodated in the middle accommodating portion 166 and the accommodating recess 168, respectively. That is, in the embodiment, in the narrow space from the center position at the lower edge of the opening 132 of the back unit 36 to the lower end of the lower structure 124, the central installation portion 154, the middle storage portion 166, and the storage recess 168. Are arranged side by side in a vertical relationship.

図12に示すように、前記下部構造体124には、磁力を検知可能な磁気センサ(図示せず)を収容する直方体状のセンサ収容ケース170が左右に離間して2つ形成されている。各磁気センサは、長方形状のケーシングの内部に、その長手方向に沿う方向に延在する一対のリード片の一部を接離可能に対向配置して構成されたリードスイッチである。右側のセンサ収容ケース170には、磁気センサが縦方向(上下方向)に設置され、また、左側のセンサ収容ケース170には、磁気センサが横方向(左右方向)に設置される。各センサ収容ケース170は、磁気センサの前側に位置して該センサの前面を保護する矩形板状の前カバー170aを備える。前記前カバー170aの前面は、前記設置固定部126の前面と同一面上に位置している。   As shown in FIG. 12, the lower structure 124 is formed with two rectangular parallelepiped sensor housing cases 170 for housing a magnetic sensor (not shown) capable of detecting magnetic force. Each magnetic sensor is a reed switch in which a part of a pair of lead pieces extending in a direction along the longitudinal direction thereof is opposed to each other in a rectangular casing so as to be able to contact and separate. In the right sensor housing case 170, magnetic sensors are installed in the vertical direction (up and down direction), and in the left sensor housing case 170, magnetic sensors are installed in the horizontal direction (left and right direction). Each sensor housing case 170 includes a rectangular plate-like front cover 170a that is positioned on the front side of the magnetic sensor and protects the front surface of the sensor. The front surface of the front cover 170 a is located on the same plane as the front surface of the installation fixing portion 126.

〔排出用球通路について〕
前記下部構造体124の左部には、一般入賞口84に入賞したパチンコ球を遊技盤18の下方へ排出案内する排出用球通路120が形成されている。前記排出用球通路120は、図11に示すように、前方に開口する3つの通路172,174,176を連通して構成され、各通路172,174,176を画成する通路用壁部178の前端部178aは、前記裏ユニット36の設置固定部126の前面より僅かに後方に位置している。また、図16に示すように、前記排出用球通路120の前面開口は、前記排出樋110,112,114の後端部110a,112a,114aに対応する部位を除いてカバー部材180により閉鎖されるようになっている。
[Discharge ball passage]
On the left side of the lower structure 124, a discharge ball passage 120 for discharging and guiding the pachinko ball that has won the general winning opening 84 to the lower side of the game board 18 is formed. As shown in FIG. 11, the discharge ball passage 120 is configured by communicating three passages 172, 174, 176 that open to the front, and a passage wall portion 178 that defines the passages 172, 174, 176. The front end portion 178a is located slightly behind the front surface of the installation fixing portion 126 of the back unit 36. Further, as shown in FIG. 16, the front opening of the discharge ball passage 120 is closed by a cover member 180 except for portions corresponding to the rear end portions 110a, 112a, 114a of the discharge rods 110, 112, 114. It has become so.

前記排出用球通路120は、該排出用球通路120の左部に湾曲するよう延在して前記第1の一般入賞口84に連通する第1通路172と、排出用球通路120の右部に湾曲するよう延在して第2の一般入賞口84に連通する第2通路174と、排出用球通路120の左右中央部に位置して上下に直線状に延在し、前記第3の一般入賞口84に連通する第3通路176とから構成される。第1通路172および第2通路174は、下流端側で前記第3通路176に連通しており、各一般入賞口84に入賞したパチンコ球は、第3通路176に集合されて該第3通路176の下流端に形成した球排出口182を介して機外に排出されるよう構成される。前記第1〜第3通路172,174,176の上端部は、夫々、前記裏ユニット36における第1〜第3排出樋110,112,114の後端部110a,112a,114aに対応する位置に形成される。また、前記第1通路172の上端部は、前記左側のセンサ収容ケース170の前カバー170a(以下、左前カバー170aという)の左方に隣接している。   The discharge ball passage 120 includes a first passage 172 that extends to the left of the discharge ball passage 120 and communicates with the first general winning port 84, and a right portion of the discharge ball passage 120. A second passage 174 that extends in a curved manner and communicates with the second general winning opening 84, and is located in the left and right central portion of the discharge ball passage 120 and extends linearly up and down. The third path 176 communicates with the general winning port 84. The first passage 172 and the second passage 174 communicate with the third passage 176 on the downstream end side, and the pachinko balls that have won the respective general winning ports 84 are gathered in the third passage 176 to be connected to the third passage. 176 is configured to be discharged to the outside through a ball discharge port 182 formed at the downstream end of 176. The upper ends of the first to third passages 172, 174, 176 are at positions corresponding to the rear ends 110a, 112a, 114a of the first to third discharge rods 110, 112, 114 in the back unit 36, respectively. It is formed. The upper end of the first passage 172 is adjacent to the left side of the front cover 170a (hereinafter referred to as the left front cover 170a) of the left sensor housing case 170.

前記第3通路176における前記球排出口182を画成する下端部には、前後方向に開放するスイッチ設置部184が形成され、該スイッチ設置部184に、パチンコ球を検知する球検知スイッチ(球検知手段)186が前側から設置されるようになっている。図14に示すように、前記スイッチ設置部184の後部には、前記球検知スイッチ186の後端部に係合して該球検知スイッチ186の後方への位置規制を行なう位置決め片188が設けられている。前記球検知スイッチ186は、矩形状に形成された本体部186aと、パチンコ球が通過可能な円形状の貫通孔を有する検知部186bとから構成され、該球検知スイッチ186は、前記検知部186bを前記球排出口182に臨ませた状態でスイッチ設置部184に設置される。前記一般入賞口84に入賞して、前記排出用球通路120を流下したパチンコ球が球検知スイッチ186に検知されると、所定数の賞球が前記上球皿24に払出されるようになっている。図17に示すように、前記スイッチ設置部184の前方開口端は、前記排出用球通路120の通路用壁部178の前端178aと同一面上に位置している。なお、排出用球通路120と下部構造体124の左壁部との間には、図11に示すように、上下方向に延在して、前記カバー部材180に収容される前記入賞口用発光装置116から導出する配線202eを案内する配線通路190が画成されている。   A switch installation portion 184 that opens in the front-rear direction is formed at a lower end portion that defines the ball discharge port 182 in the third passage 176, and a ball detection switch (sphere) that detects a pachinko ball is formed in the switch installation portion 184. Detection means) 186 is installed from the front side. As shown in FIG. 14, a positioning piece 188 that engages with a rear end portion of the ball detection switch 186 and restricts the position of the ball detection switch 186 rearward is provided at the rear portion of the switch installation portion 184. ing. The ball detection switch 186 includes a main body 186a formed in a rectangular shape and a detection unit 186b having a circular through-hole through which a pachinko ball can pass. The ball detection switch 186 includes the detection unit 186b. Is installed in the switch installation unit 184 in a state of facing the ball discharge port 182. When a pachinko ball that has won a prize at the general winning port 84 and has flowed down the discharge ball passage 120 is detected by the ball detection switch 186, a predetermined number of prize balls are paid out to the upper ball tray 24. ing. As shown in FIG. 17, the front opening end of the switch installation portion 184 is located on the same plane as the front end 178 a of the passage wall portion 178 of the discharge ball passage 120. In addition, as shown in FIG. 11, between the discharge ball passage 120 and the left wall portion of the lower structure 124, the light emission for the winning opening that extends in the vertical direction and is accommodated in the cover member 180. A wiring passage 190 for guiding the wiring 202e led out from the device 116 is defined.

〔カバー部材について〕
図18に示すように、前記カバー部材180は、前記排出用球通路120を前側から閉塞する板状の透明部材であって、カバー部材180の周縁部に、ボス受け部180aが複数形成されている。そして、前記ボス受け部180aを下部構造体124および左対向面部128cに形成した対応のボス部124a,128eに整合させて、ボス受け部180aに開設した通孔を介してボス部124a,128eにネジ(図示せず)を螺挿することで、カバー部材180が裏ユニット36に取付けられるようになっている。前記カバー部材180の前後の厚み寸法は、前記排出用球通路120の通路用壁部178の前端178aと前記設置固定部126の前面との前後方向の離間距離より小さく設定されている。
[About cover members]
As shown in FIG. 18, the cover member 180 is a plate-like transparent member that closes the discharge ball passage 120 from the front side, and a plurality of boss receiving portions 180 a are formed on the periphery of the cover member 180. Yes. Then, the boss receiving portion 180a is aligned with the corresponding boss portions 124a and 128e formed on the lower structure 124 and the left facing surface portion 128c, and is connected to the boss portions 124a and 128e through the through holes opened in the boss receiving portion 180a. The cover member 180 is attached to the back unit 36 by screwing a screw (not shown). The front and rear thickness dimensions of the cover member 180 are set to be smaller than the distance in the front-rear direction between the front end 178a of the passage wall portion 178 of the discharge ball passage 120 and the front surface of the installation fixing portion 126.

前記カバー部材180には、前記第2排出樋112および第3排出樋114の後端部112a,114aに対応する部位に、前後方向に貫通する2つの通過口192,192が形成されている。各通過口192は、前記排出樋110,112の後端部110a,112aに整合するよう下縁部がU字状に形成されている。前記カバー部材180を裏ユニット36に取付けた状態において、前記第2排出樋112に対応する通過口192は、前記第2通路174の上端部の前方で位置すると共に、前記第3排出樋114に対応する通過口192は、前記第3通路176の上端部の前方に位置するよう構成される。また、前記カバー部材180の縁部には、前記第1排出樋110の後端部110aに対応する位置に、該第1排出樋110の後端部110aの下部および左側部に整合する円弧状に形成された通過部194が形成され、該通過部194は、カバー部材180を裏ユニット36に取付けた状態で、前記第1通路172の上端部の前方に位置するよう構成される。また、前記通過部194は、カバー部材180を裏ユニット36に取付けた状態で、前記左前カバー170aにおける左側縁部の左方に隣接するようになっている(図12参照)。   The cover member 180 is formed with two passage ports 192 and 192 penetrating in the front-rear direction at portions corresponding to the rear end portions 112a and 114a of the second discharge rod 112 and the third discharge rod 114. Each passage port 192 has a U-shaped lower edge portion so as to align with the rear end portions 110a and 112a of the discharge rods 110 and 112. In a state where the cover member 180 is attached to the back unit 36, the passage port 192 corresponding to the second discharge rod 112 is positioned in front of the upper end portion of the second passage 174 and is connected to the third discharge rod 114. The corresponding passage opening 192 is configured to be positioned in front of the upper end portion of the third passage 176. Further, the edge of the cover member 180 has an arc shape that aligns with the lower and left sides of the rear end portion 110a of the first discharge rod 110 at a position corresponding to the rear end portion 110a of the first discharge rod 110. The passage portion 194 is formed to be positioned in front of the upper end portion of the first passage 172 with the cover member 180 attached to the back unit 36. The passage portion 194 is adjacent to the left side of the left edge of the left front cover 170a in a state where the cover member 180 is attached to the back unit 36 (see FIG. 12).

前記通過口192,192および通過部194の周縁部には、外周縁部から前方へ突出するよう形成されて、対応の排出樋110,112,114の後端部110a,112a,114aに当接可能な連通突部196が夫々形成されている。前記連通突部196におけるカバー部材180の前面からの突出量は、該カバー部材180の前面と前記設置固定部126の前面との前後方向における離間距離と略一致するよう設定される。すなわち、前記連通突部196の前記カバー部材180の前面からの突出量は、前記裏ユニット36を遊技盤18に取付けた際に、前記カバー部材180の前面と各排出樋110,112,114の後端部110a,112a,114aとの前後方向における離間距離に略一致するよう設定されている。そして、図19に示すように、裏ユニット36を遊技盤18に取付けた際に、前記連通突部196の前端部が、前記排出樋110,112,114の後端部110a,112a,114aに夫々当接するよう構成されている。   The peripheral edges of the passage openings 192 and 192 and the passage portion 194 are formed so as to protrude forward from the outer peripheral edge portion, and contact the rear end portions 110a, 112a, and 114a of the corresponding discharge rods 110, 112, and 114. Possible communication protrusions 196 are respectively formed. The amount of protrusion of the communication protrusion 196 from the front surface of the cover member 180 is set to substantially coincide with the distance in the front-rear direction between the front surface of the cover member 180 and the front surface of the installation fixing portion 126. That is, the protruding amount of the communication protrusion 196 from the front surface of the cover member 180 is such that when the back unit 36 is attached to the game board 18, the front surface of the cover member 180 and the discharge rods 110, 112, 114. The distance between the rear end portions 110a, 112a, and 114a in the front-rear direction is set so as to substantially match. As shown in FIG. 19, when the back unit 36 is attached to the game board 18, the front end of the communication protrusion 196 is connected to the rear end 110a, 112a, 114a of the discharge rod 110, 112, 114. Each is configured to abut.

そして、前記連通突部196が各排出樋110,112,114の後端部110a,112a,114aに当接することで、当該排出樋110,112,114と対応の第1〜第3通路172,174,176とが連通するようになっている。なお、通過部194に設けられた連通突部196は、第1排出樋110の後端部110aにおける左側部および下部に当接するようになっている。一方、第1排出樋110の後端部110aにおける右側部には、前記左前カバー170aの左側縁部が当接する。すなわち、第1排出樋110の後端部110aに、連通突部196および左前カバー170aの左側縁部が当接することで、該第1排出樋110と第1通路172との連通が図られるよう構成される。   The communication protrusion 196 abuts the rear end portions 110a, 112a, 114a of the discharge rods 110, 112, 114, so that the first to third passages 172 corresponding to the discharge rods 110, 112, 114 are provided. 174 and 176 communicate with each other. In addition, the communication protrusion 196 provided in the passage part 194 comes into contact with the left side and the lower part of the rear end part 110a of the first discharge rod 110. On the other hand, the left edge of the left front cover 170a abuts on the right side of the rear end 110a of the first discharge rod 110. That is, the communication protrusion 196 and the left edge of the left front cover 170a come into contact with the rear end portion 110a of the first discharge rod 110, so that the first discharge rod 110 and the first passage 172 can communicate with each other. Composed.

前記カバー部材180における前記遊技盤18の裏面に対向する周縁部には、該カバー部材180の前面から前方へ突出するよう形成されて該遊技盤18の裏面に当接可能な線状の当接突部198を備えている。前記当接突部198のカバー部材180の前面からの突出量は、前記カバー部材180の前面と前記設置固定部126の前面との前後方向における離間距離と略一致するよう設定される。すなわち、当接突部198の突出量は、裏ユニット36を遊技盤18に取付けた際に、前記カバー部材180の前面から遊技盤18の裏面までの離間距離と略一致する値に設定され、図19に示すように、裏ユニット36を遊技盤18に取付けた際に、当接突部198の前端部が遊技盤18の裏面に当接するよう構成される。前記当接突部198が遊技盤18の裏面に当接することで、カバー部材180の周縁部が遊技盤18によって後方へ押圧され、該カバー部材180の後面と排出用球通路120の各通路用壁部178の前端178aとの密着性が向上されるようになっている。   A linear contact that is formed to protrude forward from the front surface of the cover member 180 at the peripheral edge of the cover member 180 that faces the back surface of the game board 18 and that can contact the back surface of the game board 18. A protrusion 198 is provided. The amount of protrusion of the contact protrusion 198 from the front surface of the cover member 180 is set so as to substantially match the distance in the front-rear direction between the front surface of the cover member 180 and the front surface of the installation fixing portion 126. That is, the amount of protrusion of the contact protrusion 198 is set to a value that substantially matches the distance from the front surface of the cover member 180 to the back surface of the game board 18 when the back unit 36 is attached to the game board 18. As shown in FIG. 19, when the back unit 36 is attached to the game board 18, the front end portion of the contact protrusion 198 is configured to contact the back surface of the game board 18. When the abutting protrusion 198 abuts against the back surface of the game board 18, the peripheral edge of the cover member 180 is pressed rearward by the game board 18, and the rear surface of the cover member 180 and the discharge ball passage 120 for each passage. Adhesion with the front end 178a of the wall 178 is improved.

前記カバー部材180の前面には、前記第3の貫通口82に対応する部位に、前記入賞口用発光装置116を設置するための発光装置用設置部200が設けられている。前記発光装置用設置部200には、カバー部材180の前面から突出成形されると共に、前記入賞口用発光装置116の入賞口用発光基板202の外縁に沿うよう延在する位置決めリブ200aが形成されている。また、前記発光装置用設置部200には、カバー部材180の前面から前方へ突出する位置決め突起200bおよび前後方向に開放する位置決め孔200cが複数形成されると共に、前方に開放したネジ孔200dが複数形成されている。   On the front surface of the cover member 180, a light emitting device installation portion 200 for installing the prize winning port light emitting device 116 is provided at a portion corresponding to the third through hole 82. The light emitting device installation portion 200 is formed with a positioning rib 200a that protrudes from the front surface of the cover member 180 and extends along the outer edge of the winning hole light emitting substrate 202 of the winning hole light emitting device 116. ing. The light emitting device installation portion 200 is formed with a plurality of positioning projections 200b protruding forward from the front surface of the cover member 180 and a plurality of positioning holes 200c opening in the front-rear direction, and a plurality of screw holes 200d opening forward. Is formed.

また、カバー部材180の下縁部には、下方へ突出するよう規制部204が形成されており、カバー部材180を裏ユニット36に取付けた際に、前記排出用球通路120のスイッチ設置部184の前方開口を規制部204が閉塞するよう構成される。そして、図17に示すように、前記規制部204は、前記スイッチ設置部184に設置された球検知スイッチ186の前端部に前方から当接して、該球検知スイッチ186を位置規制するようになっている。更に、発光装置用設置部200には、前記カバー部材180を裏ユニット36に取付けた際に配線通路190に対応する部位に、前後方向に開放する矩形開口部206が形成されている。   In addition, a restricting portion 204 is formed on the lower edge portion of the cover member 180 so as to protrude downward. When the cover member 180 is attached to the back unit 36, the switch setting portion 184 of the discharge ball passage 120 is provided. The restriction portion 204 is configured to close the front opening. As shown in FIG. 17, the restricting unit 204 comes into contact with the front end portion of the ball detection switch 186 installed in the switch installation unit 184 from the front to restrict the position of the ball detection switch 186. ing. Further, the light emitting device installation portion 200 is formed with a rectangular opening 206 that opens in the front-rear direction at a portion corresponding to the wiring passage 190 when the cover member 180 is attached to the back unit 36.

前記入賞口用発光装置116は、前記第3の貫通口82の内部に臨み得る形状および大きさに形成された入賞口用発光基板202と、該発光基板202の前面(実装面)に実装されたLEDからなる複数の発光素子202aとから構成され、該発光素子202aが発光することで前記光透過部材108を後方から照明するものである。前記入賞口用発光基板202の外縁部には、前記発光装置用設置部200の位置決め突起200bに対応する位置決め凹部202bが凹設されると共に、該発光装置用設置部200の前記ネジ孔200dに対応する通孔202cが開設されている。   The winning hole light emitting device 116 is mounted on a winning hole light emitting substrate 202 formed in a shape and size that can be exposed to the inside of the third through hole 82, and the front surface (mounting surface) of the light emitting substrate 202. A plurality of light emitting elements 202a made of LEDs are used, and the light transmitting element 202a emits light to illuminate the light transmitting member 108 from behind. A positioning recess 202b corresponding to the positioning protrusion 200b of the light emitting device installation portion 200 is formed in the outer edge portion of the winning hole light emitting substrate 202, and the screw hole 200d of the light emitting device installation portion 200 is formed in the outer periphery. A corresponding through hole 202c is opened.

また、入賞口用発光基板202の裏面には、コネクタ受部202dが後方へ突出して設けられており、該発光基板202を発光装置用設置部200に設置した際に、該コネクタ受部202dが前記矩形開口部206を介してカバー部材180の後面から突出するよう構成される。なお、カバー部材180の後面から突出したコネクタ受部202dは、カバー部材180を裏ユニット36に取付けた際に、前記配線通路190内に臨むよう構成され、コネクタ受部202dに接続された配線202eは、配線通路190を介して上方へ案内されて、裏ユニット36の左配線通孔162から後方へ引き出されるようになっている。   Further, a connector receiving portion 202d is provided on the back surface of the winning hole light emitting substrate 202 so as to protrude rearward. When the light emitting substrate 202 is installed in the light emitting device installation portion 200, the connector receiving portion 202d is The cover member 180 is configured to protrude from the rear surface through the rectangular opening 206. The connector receiving portion 202d protruding from the rear surface of the cover member 180 is configured to face the wiring passage 190 when the cover member 180 is attached to the back unit 36, and the wiring 202e connected to the connector receiving portion 202d. Is guided upward through the wiring passage 190 and is drawn backward from the left wiring through hole 162 of the back unit 36.

前記発光装置用設置部200の前側には、前記入賞口用発光装置116を収容可能なケース体208が配設される。このケース体208は、全体が透明な合成樹脂材から形成されたものであって、前記遊技盤18に形成された第3の貫通口82における各排出樋110,112,114が臨む部位を除く部分の開口形状と略相似する形状に形成されている。前記ケース体208は、平板状の板部の外周縁に後方へ突出する壁部を形成して構成され、ケース体208の後側に前記入賞口用発光装置116を収容し得る空間が画成されている。前記ケース体208の壁部の後端は、該ケース体208をカバー部材180に取付けた際に、前記カバー部材180の位置決めリブ200aの前端に当接するよう構成されている。   On the front side of the light emitting device installation portion 200, a case body 208 that can accommodate the winning opening light emitting device 116 is disposed. The case body 208 is entirely formed of a transparent synthetic resin material, and excludes the portion of the third through hole 82 formed in the game board 18 where the discharge rods 110, 112, 114 face. It is formed in a shape substantially similar to the opening shape of the part. The case body 208 is configured by forming a wall portion protruding rearward on the outer peripheral edge of the flat plate portion, and a space that can accommodate the light-emitting device 116 for a prize opening is defined on the rear side of the case body 208. Has been. The rear end of the wall portion of the case body 208 is configured to contact the front end of the positioning rib 200a of the cover member 180 when the case body 208 is attached to the cover member 180.

前記ケース体208には、前記入賞口用発光基板202の通孔202cに整合する通孔208aが開設されると共に、後方に突出する位置決め突起208bが形成される。そして、ケース体208の位置決め突起208bをカバー部材180の位置決め孔200cに挿入したもとで、ケース体208および入賞口用発光基板202の両通孔208a,202cを介して前記カバー部材180のネジ孔200dにネジ(図示せず)を螺挿することで、ケース体208が入賞口用発光装置116を収容した状態でカバー部材180の前側に取付けられる。ここで、前記ケース体208をカバー部材180に取付けた状態では、図16に示すように、カバー部材180(入賞口用発光装置116)は下部構造体124の前面から前方へ突出した状態となる。従って、裏ユニット36を遊技盤18の裏面に取付けた際に、図19に示すように、入賞口用発光装置116が遊技盤18の第3の貫通口82に臨んで、前記入賞口用飾り部材86の光透過部材108の裏側に対向するようになっている。   The case body 208 is provided with a through hole 208a that is aligned with the through hole 202c of the winning hole light emitting substrate 202 and a positioning projection 208b that protrudes rearward. Then, with the positioning projection 208b of the case body 208 inserted into the positioning hole 200c of the cover member 180, the screw of the cover member 180 is inserted through the case body 208 and the through holes 208a, 202c of the winning hole light emitting substrate 202. By screwing a screw (not shown) into the hole 200d, the case body 208 is attached to the front side of the cover member 180 in a state in which the winning opening light emitting device 116 is accommodated. Here, in a state where the case body 208 is attached to the cover member 180, as shown in FIG. 16, the cover member 180 (the light-emitting device 116 for winning a prize opening) protrudes forward from the front surface of the lower structure 124. . Accordingly, when the back unit 36 is attached to the back side of the game board 18, the prize opening light emitting device 116 faces the third through hole 82 of the game board 18 as shown in FIG. The member 86 is configured to face the back side of the light transmitting member 108.

〔発光演出装置について〕
図21,図20に示すように、前記ステージ部90に光を後方から照射して該ステージ部90を明輝させる発光演出装置142は、回転自在に構成されると共に発光領域210が形成された演出部212と、該演出部212の後方に設けられ、該発光領域210へ光を照射する複数の発光素子(発光体)232aを備えた演出部用発光装置214と、該演出部用発光装置214を収容する装置本体216とから構成される。前記演出部212は、全体が光透過性を有する円盤状の部材であって、実施例では、演出部212の前面全体が発光領域210を構成している。前記発光領域210は、演出部212の前面に多数の凹凸による光散乱処理を施すことで構成され、この凹凸で前記発光素子232aからの光を他方向へ散乱して自ら明輝するものである。また、前記演出部212の前面(発光領域210)には、光透過性を有する円形装飾板218が配設されている。
[About the light emitting effect device]
As shown in FIGS. 21 and 20, the light emitting effect device 142 that illuminates the stage unit 90 with light from behind to brighten the stage unit 90 is configured to be rotatable and the light emitting region 210 is formed. The effect part light emitting device 214 provided behind the effect part 212 and a plurality of light emitting elements (light emitters) 232a for irradiating the light emitting region 210 with light, and the effect part light emitting device 214 And a device main body 216 for housing the device. The production unit 212 is a disk-shaped member that is entirely light transmissive. In the embodiment, the entire front surface of the production unit 212 constitutes the light emitting region 210. The light emitting area 210 is configured by performing light scattering processing with a large number of irregularities on the front surface of the rendering unit 212, and the irregularities scatter light from the light emitting element 232a in the other direction to brighten itself. In addition, a circular decorative plate 218 having light transmissivity is disposed on the front surface (light emitting area 210) of the effect section 212.

この円形装飾板218の前面には、前記演出部212が回転する方向に交差する方向(演出部212の径方向)の装飾が施されており、該円形装飾板218の装飾により発光領域210での光の散乱効果を高めるよう構成される。また、前記演出部212の裏面には、前記装置本体216の内部に回転可能に設けられる円形状の連結部材220が連結される。前記連結部材220には、前記演出部212の裏面に対し交差する方向に延在する連結軸孔222aが開設された演出部用回転軸(回転軸)222が形成され、該連結軸孔222aに前記装置本体216に配設された演出部用モータ(駆動手段)224の駆動軸224aが接続される。すなわち、前記演出部212は、前記連結部材220を介して装置本体216に回転自在に配設されて、前記演出部用モータ224の駆動により正逆方向に回転されるよう構成される。なお、前記連結部材220の外周縁には、径方向へ突出する検知片220aが形成されている。   The front surface of the circular decorative plate 218 is decorated in a direction that intersects with the direction in which the effect unit 212 rotates (the radial direction of the effect unit 212). Configured to enhance the light scattering effect. In addition, a circular connection member 220 that is rotatably provided inside the apparatus main body 216 is connected to the rear surface of the rendering unit 212. The connecting member 220 is formed with an effect portion rotating shaft (rotating shaft) 222 having a connecting shaft hole 222a extending in a direction intersecting the back surface of the effect portion 212. The connecting shaft hole 222a has a connecting shaft hole 222a. A drive shaft 224a of a rendering unit motor (drive means) 224 disposed in the apparatus main body 216 is connected. In other words, the effect unit 212 is rotatably disposed on the apparatus main body 216 via the connecting member 220 and is configured to be rotated in the forward and reverse directions by driving the effect unit motor 224. A detection piece 220 a protruding in the radial direction is formed on the outer peripheral edge of the connecting member 220.

前記装置本体216は、前記演出部用発光装置214が取付けられる前側ケース226と、該前側ケース226の裏側に配設されると共に前記演出部用モータ224が取付けられる後側ケース228とから構成される。前記前側ケース226の前側には、正面視で8角形状に形成されて光散乱処理が施された磨りガラス状の散乱カバー230が配設され、前記演出部用発光装置214から照射された光を散乱カバー230で散乱するよう構成される。前記散乱カバー230には、前後方向に開放する連結用開口部230aが形成され、該連結用開口部230aを介して連結部材220が前記演出部212に連結している。   The apparatus body 216 includes a front case 226 to which the rendering unit light emitting device 214 is attached, and a rear case 228 that is disposed on the back side of the front case 226 and to which the rendering unit motor 224 is attached. The On the front side of the front case 226, there is disposed a polished glass-like scattering cover 230 formed in an octagonal shape and subjected to a light scattering process when viewed from the front, and the light emitted from the light emitting device 214 for the effect part Is scattered by the scattering cover 230. The scattering cover 230 is formed with a connecting opening 230a that opens in the front-rear direction, and the connecting member 220 is connected to the effect part 212 through the connecting opening 230a.

図21に示すように、前記前側ケース226の裏面には、複数のボス部226aが後方へ突出して形成されると共に、前記散乱カバー230の裏面に、前記演出部用発光装置214を設置するための設置用突部230bが複数後方へ突出して形成されている。また、散乱カバー230の裏面には、前記演出部用発光装置214の演出部用発光基板232(後述)を位置決めする位置決め突起230cが左右に離間して2つ形成されている。前記前側ケース226の上縁部には、後方へ延出する庇状壁部226bが形成されると共に、前側ケース226の下部には、前後方向に開放する設置用開口部226cが形成されている。   As shown in FIG. 21, a plurality of boss portions 226 a are formed on the back surface of the front case 226 so as to protrude rearward, and the light emitting device 214 for the effect section is installed on the back surface of the scattering cover 230. A plurality of installation protrusions 230b are formed to protrude rearward. In addition, two positioning protrusions 230 c for positioning the effect part light emitting substrate 232 (described later) of the effect part light emitting device 214 are formed on the back surface of the scattering cover 230 so as to be separated from each other in the left and right directions. At the upper edge of the front case 226, a bowl-shaped wall 226b extending rearward is formed, and at the bottom of the front case 226, an installation opening 226c that opens in the front-rear direction is formed. .

前記演出部用発光装置214は、全体が略半円弧状に延在すると共に上縁部が前記前側ケース226の上部形状に沿う形状とされた演出部用発光基板232と、該発光基板232の前面に配設され前方へ向けて光を照射する複数の前記発光素子232aとから構成される。前記演出部用発光基板232には、前記散乱カバー230の設置用突部230bに対応して通孔232bが複数開設されると共に、該散乱カバー230の位置決め突起230cに対応して位置決め孔232cが複数開設されている。そして、演出部用発光基板232は、該発光基板232の位置決め孔232cに散乱カバー230の位置決め突起230cを挿入すると共に、演出部用発光基板232の通孔232bを介して設置用突部230bにネジ(図示せず)を螺挿することで、演出部用発光基板232が前側ケース226(散乱カバー230)の裏側に取付けられるようになっている。前記演出部用発光基板232は、前記前側ケース226に取付けられた状態で、該前側ケース226の上部側に偏倚して位置するようになっている。なお、前記演出部用発光基板232の裏面における右端部には(図21では左端部)、コネクタ受部232dが後方へ突出して設けられている。   The effect part light emitting device 214 has a substantially semicircular arc shape as a whole, and an upper edge part of the effect part light emitting board 232 that conforms to the upper shape of the front case 226, and the light emitting board 232. The plurality of light emitting elements 232a are arranged on the front surface and irradiate light forward. A plurality of through holes 232b are formed in the light emitting substrate 232 for the production part corresponding to the installation protrusions 230b of the scattering cover 230, and positioning holes 232c corresponding to the positioning protrusions 230c of the scattering cover 230 are formed. Several are established. The effect-use light-emitting substrate 232 inserts the positioning protrusion 230c of the scattering cover 230 into the positioning hole 232c of the light-emitting substrate 232, and is connected to the installation protrusion 230b via the through-hole 232b of the effect-use light-emitting substrate 232. The effect part light emitting substrate 232 is attached to the back side of the front case 226 (scattering cover 230) by screwing screws (not shown). The stage-use light emitting substrate 232 is attached to the front case 226 so as to be biased and positioned on the upper side of the front case 226. It should be noted that a connector receiving portion 232d is provided projecting rearward at the right end portion (left end portion in FIG. 21) of the rear surface of the effect portion light emitting substrate 232.

前記発光素子232aはLEDから構成され、実施例では、複数の発光素子232aが演出部用発光基板232の前面に円弧形状をなすよう配設されている。前記演出部用発光基板232に設置された発光素子232aは、演出部用発光基板232を散乱カバー230に取付けた際に、散乱カバー230(前側ケース226)の上半分の領域に偏倚している。すなわち、図22に示すように、装置本体216において発光素子232aが設置される領域は、前記演出部212の発光領域210より狭い範囲となっており、発光素子232aからの光は発光領域210の上部側にのみ照射されることとなる。そこで、実施例に係る発光演出装置142では、演出部212を回転させると共に発光領域210および円形装飾板218に光散乱処理を施すことで、発光領域210の上部側に照射された光を効果的に散乱させて、発光領域210全体が発光し得るよう構成される。   The light emitting element 232a is composed of an LED, and in the embodiment, a plurality of light emitting elements 232a are arranged in a circular arc shape on the front surface of the light emitting substrate 232 for staging section. The light emitting element 232a installed on the effect part light emitting substrate 232 is biased to the upper half region of the scattering cover 230 (front case 226) when the effect part light emitting substrate 232 is attached to the scattering cover 230. . That is, as shown in FIG. 22, the area where the light emitting element 232 a is installed in the apparatus main body 216 is narrower than the light emitting area 210 of the rendering unit 212, and light from the light emitting element 232 a Only the upper side is irradiated. Therefore, in the light emitting effect device 142 according to the embodiment, the light emitted to the upper side of the light emitting region 210 is effectively obtained by rotating the effect unit 212 and performing light scattering processing on the light emitting region 210 and the circular decorative plate 218. The entire light emitting region 210 is configured to emit light.

前記演出部用発光装置214の各発光素子232aは、図示しない制御装置の制御信号に基づいて発光制御されるよう構成される。実施例では、発光素子232aの発光パターンを制御することで、遊技態様に合わせた各種の発光演出を行ない得るようになっている。具体的には、全ての発光素子232aを一斉に点灯または消灯させたり、点滅させたりする発光演出や、前記演出部212の回転方向および回転速度に合わせて、発光素子232aを単位数ずつ順番に点灯および消滅を繰返す発光演出を行ない得るようになっている。   Each light emitting element 232a of the light emitting device 214 for effect section is configured to be controlled to emit light based on a control signal from a control device (not shown). In the embodiment, by controlling the light emission pattern of the light emitting element 232a, various light emission effects according to the game mode can be performed. Specifically, the light emitting elements 232a are sequentially turned on and off in units of units in accordance with a light emitting effect in which all the light emitting elements 232a are turned on / off all at once or blinking, and the rotation direction and rotation speed of the effect unit 212. A light emission effect that repeatedly turns on and off can be performed.

前記後側ケース228は、前記散乱カバー230と略相似形の取付けカバー234と、該取付けカバー234の左右および下部側の縁部から前方へ延出する前方壁部236とから構成され、該後側ケース228の前側に前記演出部用発光装置214を収容可能な空間が画成される。前記取付けカバー234には、前記前側ケース226のボス部226aに対応してボス受け部234aが複数形成されており、前側ケース226のボス部226aの後端部を該ボス受け部234aに整合させたもとで、ボス受け部234aの通孔を介してボス部226aにネジ(図示せず)を螺挿することで、後側ケース228が前側ケース226にネジ止めされる。前記後側ケース228が前側ケース226に取付けられた状態では、前記演出部用発光装置214が後側ケース228の前側に収容されると共に、演出部用発光基板232の後面を前記取付けカバー234が裏側から覆うようになっている(図23参照)。また、図22に示すように、前記後側ケース228の前側における前記演出部用発光装置214が設けられていない下部領域には、所要の空間(以下、下部スペース238と指称する)が確保される。   The rear case 228 includes a mounting cover 234 that is substantially similar to the scattering cover 230, and a front wall portion 236 that extends forward from the left and right edges of the mounting cover 234 and the lower side thereof. A space that can accommodate the light-emitting device for effect part 214 is defined on the front side of the side case 228. The mounting cover 234 is formed with a plurality of boss receiving portions 234a corresponding to the boss portions 226a of the front case 226, and the rear end portion of the boss portion 226a of the front case 226 is aligned with the boss receiving portion 234a. The rear case 228 is screwed to the front case 226 by screwing a screw (not shown) into the boss portion 226a through the through hole of the boss receiving portion 234a. In a state where the rear case 228 is attached to the front case 226, the light emitting device 214 for the effect section is accommodated on the front side of the rear case 228, and the mounting cover 234 covers the rear surface of the light emitting board 232 for the effect section. It covers from the back side (see FIG. 23). Further, as shown in FIG. 22, a required space (hereinafter referred to as a lower space 238) is secured in a lower region where the effect part light emitting device 214 is not provided on the front side of the rear case 228. The

前記後側ケース228の前方壁部236には、該前方壁部236から下方へ延出する一対の下側固定片240,240と、前方壁部236における下側固定片240より上方の部位から水平方向に延出する一対の上側固定片242,242とが形成されている。前記下側固定片240には、前記裏ユニット36の下側ボス部156に対応するボス受け部240aが形成されると共に、前記上側固定片242には、裏ユニット36の上側ボス部158に対応するボス受け部242aが形成されている。更に、後側ケース228の前方壁部236には、左下部に位置して、下方に向けて開放する配線用切欠部244が形成されている。図21に示すように、前記取付けカバー234の後部には、前記演出部用モータ224を取付けるための円形状の設置凹部246が、該取付けカバー234の後面から前方へ突出した状態で形成されている。この設置凹部246には、左右に離間してネジ孔246a,246aが形成されると共に、左右方向の中央部分に、前記演出部用モータ224の駆動軸224aが挿通可能な軸挿通孔246bが開設されている。   The front wall portion 236 of the rear case 228 includes a pair of lower fixing pieces 240 and 240 extending downward from the front wall portion 236 and a portion of the front wall portion 236 above the lower fixing piece 240. A pair of upper fixing pieces 242 and 242 extending in the horizontal direction is formed. The lower fixed piece 240 is formed with a boss receiving portion 240a corresponding to the lower boss portion 156 of the back unit 36, and the upper fixed piece 242 corresponds to the upper boss portion 158 of the back unit 36. A boss receiving portion 242a is formed. Further, the front wall 236 of the rear case 228 is formed with a wiring cutout 244 that is located in the lower left part and opens downward. As shown in FIG. 21, a circular installation recess 246 for mounting the effect section motor 224 is formed in the rear portion of the mounting cover 234 so as to protrude forward from the rear surface of the mounting cover 234. Yes. The installation recess 246 is formed with screw holes 246a and 246a that are separated from each other in the left-right direction, and a shaft insertion hole 246b through which the drive shaft 224a of the effect section motor 224 can be inserted is formed in the central portion in the left-right direction. Has been.

前記設置凹部246に取り付けられる演出部用モータ224は、本体の前側に円形状取付部248が設けられ、該円形状取付部248の前面から前記駆動軸224aが前方へ突出している。前記円形状取付部248の縁部には、左右に離間して一対のモータ取付片248a,248aが突出成形されている。そして、演出部用モータ224の駆動軸224aを設置凹部246の軸挿通孔246bに挿通すると共に、設置凹部246のネジ孔246aに前記モータ取付片248aの通孔を介してネジ(図示せず)をネジ孔に螺挿することで、演出部用モータ224の駆動軸224aが取付けカバー234の前面から突出した状態で、演出部用モータ224が設置凹部246にネジ止めされる。   The effect portion motor 224 attached to the installation recess 246 has a circular attachment portion 248 provided on the front side of the main body, and the drive shaft 224a protrudes forward from the front surface of the circular attachment portion 248. A pair of motor mounting pieces 248a and 248a are formed on the edge of the circular mounting portion 248 so as to be separated from each other in the left-right direction. Then, the drive shaft 224a of the rendering unit motor 224 is inserted into the shaft insertion hole 246b of the installation recess 246, and a screw (not shown) is inserted into the screw hole 246a of the installation recess 246 through the through hole of the motor mounting piece 248a. Is screwed into the screw hole, and the effect portion motor 224 is screwed to the installation recess 246 in a state where the drive shaft 224a of the effect portion motor 224 protrudes from the front surface of the mounting cover 234.

なお、前記演出部用モータ224の本体の下部にコネクタ受部224bが突出して形成されており、該コネクタ受部224bに配線224cが接続されている(図23参照)。そして、発光演出装置142を裏ユニット36の中央設置部154に取付けた際に、前記演出部用モータ224のコネクタ受部224bが中央設置部154の前記中配線通孔160に臨むよう構成される。更に、演出部用モータ224のコネクタ受部224bに接続された配線224cは、中配線通孔160を介して裏ユニット36の裏側に引き出され、前記裏基板設置部122の裏中継基板164に接続される。   A connector receiving portion 224b is formed to project from the lower portion of the main body of the effect portion motor 224, and a wiring 224c is connected to the connector receiving portion 224b (see FIG. 23). When the light emitting effect device 142 is attached to the central installation part 154 of the back unit 36, the connector receiving part 224b of the effect part motor 224 is configured to face the middle wiring through hole 160 of the central installation part 154. . Further, the wiring 224c connected to the connector receiving portion 224b of the effect portion motor 224 is drawn out to the back side of the back unit 36 through the middle wiring through hole 160 and connected to the back relay board 164 of the back board installation part 122. Is done.

図23に示すように、前記取付けカバー234における前記設置凹部246の右側(図23では左側)には、前後方向に開放するコネクタ用開口部250が開設されており、前記後側ケース228を前側ケース226に取付けた際に、前記演出部用発光基板232の裏面に設けたコネクタ受部232dがコネクタ用開口部250を介して後方に臨むようになっている。そして、コネクタ受部232dに接続された配線232eは、コネクタ用開口部250を介して後方へ引き出される。なお、コネクタ用開口部250を介して後方へ引き出された配線232eは、前記中配線通孔160を介して裏ユニット36の裏側へ引き出され、前記裏基板設置部122の裏中継基板164に接続される(図14参照)。   As shown in FIG. 23, on the right side (left side in FIG. 23) of the installation recess 246 in the mounting cover 234, a connector opening 250 that opens in the front-rear direction is provided, and the rear case 228 is placed on the front side. When attached to the case 226, the connector receiving portion 232 d provided on the back surface of the rendering portion light emitting substrate 232 faces rearward through the connector opening 250. Then, the wiring 232e connected to the connector receiving portion 232d is drawn backward through the connector opening 250. Note that the wiring 232e drawn backward through the connector opening 250 is drawn out to the back side of the back unit 36 through the middle wiring through hole 160 and connected to the back relay board 164 of the back board installation part 122. (See FIG. 14).

前記取付けカバー234の下部スペース238には、図22に示す如く、演出部212の原位置を検知する演出部用原位置スイッチ(原位置スイッチ)252を設置するためのスイッチ設置部254が形成されている。前記スイッチ設置部254は、取付けカバー234に前後方向に開設されたネジ孔254aと、該取付けカバー234から前方に突出した位置決め突起254bと、前記設置凹部246の壁部から前記軸挿通孔246bへ向けて凹設した位置決め凹部254c(図20参照)とから構成される。前記演出部用原位置スイッチ252は、前記取付けカバー234に当接した状態で固定される薄板状の固定部252aと、該固定部252aの長手方向の略中央部から前方に突出成形された直方体状の基部252bと、該基部252bの一面に前後に離間して設けられ、該基部252bから突出するよう成形された一対の検知部252c,252cとから構成されている。   In the lower space 238 of the mounting cover 234, as shown in FIG. 22, a switch installation part 254 for installing an effect part original position switch (original position switch) 252 for detecting the original position of the effect part 212 is formed. ing. The switch installation portion 254 includes a screw hole 254a formed in the mounting cover 234 in the front-rear direction, a positioning projection 254b protruding forward from the mounting cover 234, and a wall portion of the installation recess 246 to the shaft insertion hole 246b. It is comprised from the positioning recessed part 254c (refer FIG. 20) recessed. The production position original position switch 252 includes a thin plate-like fixing portion 252a fixed in contact with the attachment cover 234, and a rectangular parallelepiped projecting forward from a substantially central portion in the longitudinal direction of the fixing portion 252a. And a pair of detection portions 252c and 252c which are provided on one surface of the base portion 252b so as to be separated from each other in the front-rear direction and are formed so as to protrude from the base portion 252b.

前記固定部252aには、一端側に通孔252dが開設されると共に、他端側に位置決め孔252eが開設されている。また、前記検知部252cは、開放端部側が前記位置決め凹部254cに整合し得る形状に形成されている。そして、後方の検知部252cの端部側を前記位置決め凹部254cに臨ませると共に前記固定部252aの通孔252dを前記スイッチ設置部254のネジ孔254aに整合させる。更に、固定部252aの位置決め孔252eにスイッチ設置部254の位置決め突起254bを挿入すると共に、該固定部252aの通孔252dを介して該スイッチ設置部254のネジ孔254aにネジ(図示せず)を螺挿することで、演出部用原位置スイッチ252が後側ケース228のスイッチ設置部254に取付けられる。   The fixing portion 252a has a through hole 252d on one end side and a positioning hole 252e on the other end side. The detection unit 252c is formed in a shape that allows the open end side to be aligned with the positioning recess 254c. Then, the end portion side of the rear detection portion 252c is made to face the positioning recess 254c, and the through hole 252d of the fixing portion 252a is aligned with the screw hole 254a of the switch installation portion 254. Further, the positioning protrusion 254b of the switch installation portion 254 is inserted into the positioning hole 252e of the fixing portion 252a, and a screw (not shown) is inserted into the screw hole 254a of the switch installation portion 254 via the through hole 252d of the fixing portion 252a. Is inserted into the switch installation portion 254 of the rear case 228.

ここで、前記スイッチ設置部254に設置された演出部用原位置スイッチ252は、図22に示すように、両検知部252c,252cの間の空間を回転時の連結部材220の検知片220aが通過する領域に臨ませている。そして、連結部材220の検知片220aが検知部252c,252cの間を通過することで、演出部用原位置スイッチ252が演出部212の原位置を検知し得るようになっている。図22に示す如く、前記基部252bにおける前記検知部252cとは反対側の面に、コネクタ受部252fが突出して設けられており、演出部用原位置スイッチ252をスイッチ設置部254に設置した際に、コネクタ受部252fが前記配線用切欠部244に臨むよう構成される。そして、演出部用原位置スイッチ252のコネクタ受部252fに接続された配線252gは、前記配線用切欠部244を介して後側ケース228の外部へ引き出され、前記演出部用モータ224の配線224cと同様に前記裏ユニット36の裏中継基板164に接続される(図14参照)。   Here, as shown in FIG. 22, the production position original position switch 252 installed in the switch installation section 254 has a detection piece 220 a of the connecting member 220 during rotation in the space between the detection sections 252 c and 252 c. It faces the passing area. Then, when the detection piece 220a of the connecting member 220 passes between the detection units 252c and 252c, the production unit original position switch 252 can detect the original position of the production unit 212. As shown in FIG. 22, a connector receiving portion 252f is provided to protrude on the surface of the base portion 252b opposite to the detecting portion 252c, and when the effect portion original position switch 252 is installed in the switch installing portion 254, Further, the connector receiving portion 252f is configured to face the wiring cutout portion 244. Then, the wiring 252g connected to the connector receiving portion 252f of the production position original position switch 252 is pulled out of the rear case 228 via the wiring cutout portion 244, and the wiring 224c of the performance portion motor 224 is drawn. In the same manner as above, it is connected to the back relay board 164 of the back unit 36 (see FIG. 14).

前記発光演出装置142は、後側ケース228の下側固定片240および上側固定片242を介して前記裏ユニット36(下対向面部128b)の中央設置部154に取付けられる。すなわち、両下側固定片240,240のボス受け部240a,240aを前記中央設置部154における対応の下側ボス部156,156の後端部に整合させると共に、両上側固定片242,242のボス受け部242a,242aを対応の上側ボス部158,158の後端部に整合させる。そして、各ボス受け部242aに設けた通孔を介して下側ボス部156および上側ボス部158にネジ(図示せず)を螺挿することで、発光演出装置142が中央設置部154に取付けられる。ここで、前述のように、前記下側ボス部156の前方への突出量は、上側ボス部158の突出量よりも大きく設定されていることから、前記発光演出装置142は、図15に示す如く、該発光演出装置142(演出部212)の下部側を前方に傾斜させた姿勢で中央設置部154に取付けられる。   The light emitting effect device 142 is attached to the central installation portion 154 of the back unit 36 (the lower facing surface portion 128b) via the lower fixed piece 240 and the upper fixed piece 242 of the rear case 228. That is, the boss receiving portions 240a and 240a of the lower fixed pieces 240 and 240 are aligned with the rear ends of the corresponding lower boss portions 156 and 156 in the central installation portion 154, and the upper fixed pieces 242 and 242 The boss receiving portions 242a and 242a are aligned with the rear end portions of the corresponding upper boss portions 158 and 158. The light emitting effect device 142 is attached to the central installation portion 154 by screwing screws (not shown) into the lower boss portion 156 and the upper boss portion 158 through the through holes provided in the boss receiving portions 242a. It is done. Here, as described above, the amount of forward protrusion of the lower boss portion 156 is set to be larger than the amount of protrusion of the upper boss portion 158, and therefore the light emitting effect device 142 is shown in FIG. As described above, the light emitting effect device 142 (the effect unit 212) is attached to the central installation unit 154 in a posture in which the lower side is inclined forward.

更に、前記裏ユニット36を遊技盤18に取付けた際には、図1に示すように、発光演出装置142は、前記ステージ部90における案内部96の後方に位置する。また、前記裏ユニット36における前記中央設置部154の下方では、前記遊技盤18の第2の貫通口80を介して該遊技盤18の裏側へ延出する始動入賞装置72や特別入賞装置76の本体部72a,76aが前記中収容部166および収容凹部168に臨んだ状態となる。更に、中央設置部154の上方には、図柄表示装置34の表示部64が臨む開口部132が形成されている。すなわち、裏ユニット36におけるステージ部90の後方は、図15に示すように、前記始動入賞装置72や特別入賞装置76の本体部72a,76aにより下側のスペースが制限されると共に、前記開口部132により上側へのスペースが制限されている。そこで、実施例では、前記演出部用発光装置214を装置本体216の上部側 (発光領域210より狭い範囲)にのみ設置することで、装置本体216のサイズをコンパクトにして、裏ユニット36におけるステージ部90の後方の狭小なスペースにも発光演出装置142を設置し得る構成とされる。   Further, when the back unit 36 is attached to the game board 18, as shown in FIG. 1, the light emitting effect device 142 is located behind the guide portion 96 in the stage portion 90. Further, below the central installation portion 154 in the back unit 36, a start winning device 72 and a special winning device 76 that extend to the back side of the game board 18 through the second through hole 80 of the game board 18. The main body portions 72a and 76a face the middle housing portion 166 and the housing recess 168. Furthermore, an opening 132 is formed above the central installation part 154 so that the display part 64 of the symbol display device 34 faces. That is, as shown in FIG. 15, the rear unit 36 has a lower space limited by the main body portions 72a and 76a of the start winning device 72 and the special winning device 76, as shown in FIG. The upper space is limited by 132. Therefore, in the embodiment, the stage unit light emitting device 214 is installed only on the upper side of the device main body 216 (range narrower than the light emitting region 210), thereby reducing the size of the device main body 216 and the stage in the back unit 36. The light emitting effect device 142 can be installed in a narrow space behind the unit 90.

更に、図1に示すように、実施例に係る発光演出装置142は、裏ユニット36に設置された状態で、前記発光素子232aが設置されていない領域(すなわち、前記下部スペース238)に対応する前記発光領域210の下部(一部)側が、前記ステージ部90の転動面94より下方に位置している。従って、下部スペース238に設けた演出部用原位置スイッチ252は、前記ステージ部90の転動面94より下方に位置して、前記装飾板98により隠されるようになっている。すなわち、実施例の発光演出装置142は、前記発光領域210における図柄表示用開口部60側に臨む部分(転動面94より上側の部分)に対応して、発光素子232aが配置されている。   Further, as shown in FIG. 1, the light emitting effect device 142 according to the embodiment corresponds to a region where the light emitting element 232 a is not installed (that is, the lower space 238) in a state where the light emitting element 232 a is installed. A lower (part) side of the light emitting region 210 is positioned below the rolling surface 94 of the stage unit 90. Accordingly, the effect portion original position switch 252 provided in the lower space 238 is positioned below the rolling surface 94 of the stage portion 90 and is hidden by the decorative plate 98. That is, in the light emitting effect device 142 of the embodiment, the light emitting element 232a is arranged corresponding to the portion (the portion above the rolling surface 94) facing the symbol display opening 60 side in the light emitting region 210.

〔左部演出装置について〕
前記左部演出装置136は、図24,図25に示すように、前記裏ユニット36に取付けられる取付けケース256と、該取付けケース256に回動自在に保持される可動演出体258と、該可動演出体258に設けられた回転演出体260と、取付けケース256に設けられて可動演出体258を回動させる可動体用モータ(駆動手段)262とから基本的に構成される。前記取付けケース256は、前ケース体264および後ケース体266を前後の関係で組付けて構成され、両ケース体264,266の内部に前記可動演出体258の一端側を収容するようになっている。
[Left production device]
As shown in FIGS. 24 and 25, the left effect device 136 includes an attachment case 256 attached to the back unit 36, a movable effector 258 rotatably held by the attachment case 256, and the movable It is basically composed of a rotation effect body 260 provided in the effect body 258 and a movable body motor (drive means) 262 provided in the mounting case 256 and rotating the movable effect body 258. The mounting case 256 is configured by assembling the front case body 264 and the rear case body 266 in a front-rear relationship, and accommodates one end side of the movable effect body 258 inside the case bodies 264 and 266. Yes.

前記前ケース体264は、前記遊技盤18に対向する板状の前ケース基体268と、該前ケース基体268の右側に突出した部位を除く外周縁から後方へ延出する壁部とで構成されており、該前ケース基体268の後面から後方へ向けて複数のボス部268aが突出成形されている。また、前ケース基体268には、前方へ突出すると共に後方へ開放した前軸受け部270が形成されると共に、前記可動演出体258の原位置を検知する可動体用原位置スイッチ(原位置スイッチ)272を設置するためのスイッチ取付部274が前ケース基体268の後面における上部に形成されている。前記スイッチ取付部274は、前記前ケース基体268の後面から後方へ突出成形されたボス部274aと、前ケース基体268の後面におけるボス部274aと所定間隔離間した位置に後方へ突出成形された位置決め突起274bと、該前ケース基体268の後面にコ字状に成形された位置決めリブ274cとから構成されている。更に、前ケース基体268には、前記スイッチ取付部274に近接して前配線用開口部277が前後方向に開放して形成される。   The front case body 264 includes a plate-shaped front case base 268 that faces the game board 18, and a wall portion that extends rearward from an outer peripheral edge excluding a portion protruding to the right side of the front case base 268. A plurality of boss portions 268a are formed so as to protrude rearward from the rear surface of the front case base 268. Further, the front case base 268 is formed with a front bearing portion 270 that protrudes forward and opens rearward, and a movable body original position switch (original position switch) that detects the original position of the movable effector 258. A switch mounting portion 274 for installing 272 is formed on the upper portion of the rear surface of the front case base 268. The switch mounting portion 274 includes a boss portion 274a that is formed to protrude rearward from the rear surface of the front case base 268, and a positioning that is formed to protrude rearward at a position spaced apart from the boss portion 274a on the rear surface of the front case base 268. The projection 274b and a positioning rib 274c formed in a U shape on the rear surface of the front case base 268 are configured. Further, a front wiring opening 277 is formed in the front case base 268 so as to be close to the switch mounting portion 274 and open in the front-rear direction.

前記可動体用原位置スイッチ272は、前記スイッチ取付部274のボス部274aおよび位置決め突起274b間に架設される薄板状の固定部272aと、該固定部272aの長手方向の略中央部から前方へ突出成形された直方体状の基部272bと、該基部272bの一面において前後方向に離間して設けられ、固定部272aの長手方向に交差する方向に突出した一対の検知部272cとから構成されている。前記固定部272aは、一端側に前後方向に開放する通孔272dが開設されると共に、他端側に前後方向に開放する位置決め孔272eが形成されている。また、前記検知部186bの開放端部側は、前記位置決めリブ274cに整合し得る形状に形成されている。そして、前記スイッチ取付部274のボス部274aおよび位置決め突起274bの間に可動体用原位置スイッチ272の基部272bを臨ませ、前側の検知部186bを位置決めリブ274cに整合させたもとで、可動体用原位置スイッチ272の固定部272aの位置決め孔272eに位置決め突起274bを挿入させる。そして、前記固定部272aの通孔272dを介して前記スイッチ取付部274のボス部274aにネジ(図示せず)を螺挿することで、可動体用原位置スイッチ272が、両検知部186b,186bを前記前軸受け部270に指向させた状態で前記スイッチ取付部274に取付けられる。   The movable body in-situ switch 272 includes a thin plate-like fixing portion 272a provided between the boss portion 274a and the positioning projection 274b of the switch mounting portion 274, and forward from a substantially central portion in the longitudinal direction of the fixing portion 272a. The base portion 272b is formed in a projecting shape, and a pair of detection portions 272c are provided on one surface of the base portion 272b so as to be separated from each other in the front-rear direction and project in a direction intersecting the longitudinal direction of the fixed portion 272a. . The fixing portion 272a has a through hole 272d that opens in the front-rear direction on one end side, and a positioning hole 272e that opens in the front-rear direction on the other end side. The open end side of the detection unit 186b is formed in a shape that can be aligned with the positioning rib 274c. Then, the base portion 272b of the movable body original position switch 272 is faced between the boss portion 274a and the positioning projection 274b of the switch mounting portion 274, and the front side detection portion 186b is aligned with the positioning rib 274c. The positioning protrusion 274b is inserted into the positioning hole 272e of the fixing portion 272a of the original position switch 272. Then, a screw (not shown) is screwed into the boss portion 274a of the switch mounting portion 274 through the through hole 272d of the fixed portion 272a, so that the movable body in-situ switch 272 is moved to both the detection portions 186b, The switch mounting portion 274 is attached in a state where 186b is directed to the front bearing portion 270.

前記基部272bの検知部186bとは反対側の面には、コネクタ受部272fが設けられ、該コネクタ受部272fに接続された配線272gは、前記前配線用開口部277を介して前ケース基体268の前側に引き出される(図26参照)。なお、前記前ケース基体268の前面には、複数の配線フック268bが形成され、前記前配線用開口部277を介して前ケース基体268の前側に引き出された可動体用原位置スイッチ272の配線272gは、配線フック268bに係止されて下方へ案内されるようになっている(図26参照)。   A connector receiving portion 272f is provided on the surface of the base portion 272b opposite to the detecting portion 186b, and the wiring 272g connected to the connector receiving portion 272f is connected to the front case base through the front wiring opening 277. It is pulled out to the front side of 268 (see FIG. 26). A plurality of wiring hooks 268b are formed on the front surface of the front case base 268, and the wiring of the movable body in-situ switch 272 pulled out to the front side of the front case base 268 through the front wiring opening 277. 272g is locked to the wiring hook 268b and guided downward (see FIG. 26).

前記後ケース体266は、前記前ケース基体268と略相似形に形成された後ケース基体276と、該後ケース基体276の右側に突出した部位を除く外周縁から前方へ延出する壁部とから構成される。後ケース体266の壁部には、外方へ突出する複数の固定片278が形成されており、各固定片278の後面に前記装置設置部148のボス部148aに対応するボス受け部278aが設けられる。そして、固定片278のボス受け部278aに装置設置部148のボス部148aの後端を嵌合させたもとで、ボス受け部278aの通孔を介してボス部148aにネジ(図示せず)を螺挿することで、後ケース体266が装置設置部148にネジ止めされるようになっている。   The rear case body 266 includes a rear case base 276 formed substantially similar to the front case base 268, and a wall portion extending forward from an outer peripheral edge excluding a portion protruding to the right side of the rear case base 276. Consists of A plurality of fixing pieces 278 projecting outward are formed on the wall portion of the rear case body 266, and a boss receiving portion 278a corresponding to the boss portion 148a of the device installation portion 148 is formed on the rear surface of each fixing piece 278. Provided. Then, with the boss receiving portion 278a of the fixed piece 278 fitted to the rear end of the boss portion 148a of the device installation portion 148, a screw (not shown) is attached to the boss portion 148a through the through hole of the boss receiving portion 278a. By screwing, the rear case body 266 is screwed to the device installation portion 148.

また、後ケース基体276の前面には、前記前ケース体264のボス部268aに対応するボス受け部276aが形成され、各ボス受け部276aに前ケース体264のボス部268aの後端を嵌合させたもとで、ボス受け部276aの通孔を介してボス部268aにネジ(図示せず)を螺挿することで、後ケース体266が前ケース体264にネジ止めされる。ここで、前ケース体264および後ケース体266を組付けた際に、前記後ケース体266の壁部の前端が前ケース体264の壁部の後端に当接して、両ケース体264,266の間に可動演出体258の一端側を収容可能な空間が画成されるよう構成される。また、図28に示すように、前ケース体264および後ケース体266の壁部が形成されていない部位には、右側に開放して前記可動演出体258が回動するのを許容する可動体用開口部280が画成されるようになっている。   A boss receiving portion 276a corresponding to the boss portion 268a of the front case body 264 is formed on the front surface of the rear case base 276, and the rear end of the boss portion 268a of the front case body 264 is fitted into each boss receiving portion 276a. Under the combined condition, the rear case body 266 is screwed to the front case body 264 by screwing a screw (not shown) into the boss section 268a through the through hole of the boss receiving section 276a. Here, when the front case body 264 and the rear case body 266 are assembled, the front end of the wall portion of the rear case body 266 comes into contact with the rear end of the wall portion of the front case body 264, and both case bodies 264, A space capable of accommodating one end side of the movable effector 258 is defined between the H.266. Further, as shown in FIG. 28, a movable body that opens to the right side and allows the movable effect body 258 to rotate at a portion where the wall portions of the front case body 264 and the rear case body 266 are not formed. An opening 280 for use is defined.

前記後ケース基体276の前面には、前記前ケース体264の前軸受け部270に対応する後軸受け部282が前方に開放して形成されており、該後軸受け部282に前記可動演出体258の一端部側を回動自在に軸支する第1支軸284の一端が挿入されて連結されている。前記第1支軸284の他端は、前記前ケース体264および後ケース体266を組付けた際に、前記前軸受け部270の内部に筒状の軸支持体286を介して臨むよう構成される。前記後ケース基体276における前記後軸受け部282の左側には、前後方向に開放する後配線用開口部289が開設されている。また、図27に示すように、後ケース基体276の裏面および後ケース体266の壁部には、複数の配線フック266aが上下の関係で形成されている。   A rear bearing portion 282 corresponding to the front bearing portion 270 of the front case body 264 is formed on the front surface of the rear case base 276 so as to open forward, and the movable effect body 258 is formed on the rear bearing portion 282. One end of a first support shaft 284 that rotatably supports one end portion is inserted and connected. The other end of the first support shaft 284 is configured to face the inside of the front bearing portion 270 via a cylindrical shaft support 286 when the front case body 264 and the rear case body 266 are assembled. The A rear wiring opening 289 that opens in the front-rear direction is formed on the left side of the rear bearing 282 in the rear case base 276. As shown in FIG. 27, a plurality of wiring hooks 266a are formed in a vertical relationship on the back surface of the rear case base 276 and the wall portion of the rear case body 266.

更に、後ケース基体276における後軸受け部282の左側下方に、前記可動体用モータ262の駆動軸262aが挿通可能な軸挿通孔276bが前後方向に開放して形成されている。前記可動体用モータ262は、該可動体用モータ262の駆動軸262aが軸挿通孔を介して前記後ケース基体276の前方へ突出させた状態で、該後ケース基体276の後面にネジ止めされる。可動体用モータ262の駆動軸262aには、後ケース基体276の前面から所定間隔離間した位置で駆動ギヤ288が軸支されており、該可動体用モータ262が駆動することで、駆動ギヤ288が正逆方向に回転するようになっている。図14に示すように、前記可動体用モータ262は、前記後ケース体266を裏ユニット36の前記装置設置部148に取付けた際に、該装置設置部148のモータ用円形孔部150に後端部が臨むようになっている。   Further, a shaft insertion hole 276b into which the drive shaft 262a of the movable body motor 262 can be inserted is formed in the rear case base 276 on the lower left side of the rear bearing portion 282 so as to open in the front-rear direction. The movable body motor 262 is screwed to the rear surface of the rear case base 276 in a state where the drive shaft 262a of the movable body motor 262 protrudes forward of the rear case base 276 through the shaft insertion hole. The A drive gear 288 is pivotally supported on the drive shaft 262 a of the movable body motor 262 at a position spaced from the front surface of the rear case base 276 by a predetermined distance. The drive gear 288 is driven by the drive of the movable body motor 262. Rotates in the forward and reverse directions. As shown in FIG. 14, when the rear case body 266 is attached to the device installation portion 148 of the back unit 36, the movable body motor 262 is inserted into the motor circular hole 150 of the device installation portion 148. The end faces.

前記後ケース基体276には、前記第1支軸284を中心とした円弧状に延在する円弧状溝290が前後方向に開放して形成されている。また、後ケース基体276には、前記円弧状溝290の外側に位置する側縁部に、円弧状に延在するラック部292が歯部を前方に向けた状態で取付けられている。前記ラック部292は、前記円弧状溝290と同じく前記第1支軸284を中心とし、かつ円弧状溝290と同一の中心角をなす円弧状に形成されている。前記第1支軸284には、筒状の軸支持体286を介して扇状従動ギヤ294が前記駆動ギヤ288に噛合した状態で回動自在に軸支されている。この扇状従動ギヤ294は、円盤状の円形基部296と、該円形基部296の外周縁の一部から外方へ延出した扇状部298とから構成され、該扇状部298の外周縁に前記駆動ギヤ288と噛合可能な歯部が形成されている。前記円形基部296には、前記第1支軸284が挿通可能な軸挿通孔296aが前後方向に開放して形成されると共に、該円形基部296の前面に3つのボス受け部296b,296b,296bが設けられている。   The rear case base 276 is formed with an arcuate groove 290 extending in an arcuate shape with the first support shaft 284 as the center and opened in the front-rear direction. Further, a rack portion 292 extending in an arc shape is attached to the rear case base 276 at a side edge portion located outside the arc-shaped groove 290 with the tooth portion facing forward. The rack portion 292 is formed in an arc shape that has the same center angle as the arc-shaped groove 290 and has the same center angle as that of the arc-shaped groove 290, similar to the arc-shaped groove 290. A fan-shaped driven gear 294 is rotatably supported on the first support shaft 284 in a state where the fan-shaped driven gear 294 is engaged with the drive gear 288 via a cylindrical shaft support 286. The fan-shaped driven gear 294 includes a disk-shaped circular base portion 296 and a fan-shaped portion 298 extending outward from a part of the outer peripheral edge of the circular base portion 296. A tooth portion that can mesh with the gear 288 is formed. A shaft insertion hole 296a through which the first support shaft 284 can be inserted is formed in the circular base portion 296, and three boss receiving portions 296b, 296b, and 296b are formed on the front surface of the circular base portion 296. Is provided.

前記円形基部296の裏面には、後方へ突出する規制突起300が形成されており、扇状従動ギヤ294を第1支軸284に軸支した際に、規制突起300が前記円弧状溝290に臨んで扇状従動ギヤ294の回動を規制している(図27,29参照)。図25に示すように、前記規制突起300は、後端部にネジ孔300aが開設されると共に、前記円弧状溝290に臨んだ規制突起300の後端部に後方から前後方向に開放する筒状の摺動体302が嵌挿されるようになっている。   A regulating projection 300 projecting rearward is formed on the back surface of the circular base 296, and the regulating projection 300 faces the arcuate groove 290 when the fan-shaped driven gear 294 is pivotally supported on the first support shaft 284. This restricts the rotation of the fan-shaped driven gear 294 (see FIGS. 27 and 29). As shown in FIG. 25, the restriction protrusion 300 has a screw hole 300a formed at the rear end portion, and a cylinder that opens from the rear to the rear end portion at the rear end portion of the restriction protrusion 300 facing the arcuate groove 290. A shaped sliding body 302 is inserted and inserted.

図27に示すように、この摺動体302の後端縁には、円弧状溝290の開口幅(円弧状溝290を規定する外側の円弧と内側の円弧との離間距離)より大径のフランジ部302aが形成されており、摺動体302を規制突起300に嵌挿した際に、摺動体302が円弧状溝290に臨んだ状態でフランジ部302aが後ケース基体276の後面に当接するよう構成される。そして、摺動体302を規制突起300に嵌挿した状態で、該規制突起300の後端部のネジ孔300aに摺動体302の開口面積より大きな頭部を備えたネジ(図示せず)を螺挿することで、規制突起300の円弧状溝290に対する抜け止めがなされるようになっている。前記円弧状溝290に臨んだ摺動体302は、前記規制突起300が移動した際に、円弧状溝290に沿って摺動するよう構成される。   As shown in FIG. 27, a flange having a larger diameter than the opening width of the arc-shaped groove 290 (the separation distance between the outer arc and the inner arc defining the arc-shaped groove 290) is provided at the rear end edge of the sliding body 302. The portion 302a is formed, and the flange portion 302a abuts against the rear surface of the rear case base 276 in a state where the sliding body 302 faces the arcuate groove 290 when the sliding body 302 is fitted into the restricting protrusion 300. Is done. Then, with the sliding body 302 fitted into the regulating projection 300, a screw (not shown) having a head larger than the opening area of the sliding body 302 is screwed into the screw hole 300a at the rear end of the regulating projection 300. By inserting, the restriction protrusion 300 is prevented from coming off from the arc-shaped groove 290. The sliding body 302 facing the arcuate groove 290 is configured to slide along the arcuate groove 290 when the restricting protrusion 300 moves.

前記扇状部298は、扇状従動ギヤ294を第1支軸284に軸支した際に、後ケース基体276の前面に対する離間距離が前記駆動ギヤ288と略同一となるよう設定される。また、前記扇状部298の歯部における前記軸挿通孔296aからの離間距離は、前記駆動ギヤ288の歯部と第1支軸284との離間距離より僅かに大きく設定されている。そして、扇状従動ギヤ294を第1支軸284に軸支した際に、図30に示す如く、前記扇状部298の歯部が駆動ギヤ288の歯部に噛合し、可動体用モータ262の駆動により駆動ギヤ288が回転することで扇状従動ギヤ294が正逆方向に回動するようになっている。前記扇状部298の外周縁(歯部)の円弧形状は、前記ラック部292と同一の中心角で、かつ同一の円弧長さに設定されている。また、扇状部298一端側には、前方へ立ち上がるよう形成された検出片298aが設けられており、扇状従動ギヤ294が原位置にあるときに検出片298aが前記可動体用原位置スイッチ272の両検知部272c,272cの間に臨むよう構成される。   The fan-shaped portion 298 is set so that the distance from the front surface of the rear case base 276 is substantially the same as that of the drive gear 288 when the fan-shaped driven gear 294 is pivotally supported on the first support shaft 284. In addition, the separation distance from the shaft insertion hole 296a in the tooth portion of the fan-shaped portion 298 is set slightly larger than the separation distance between the tooth portion of the drive gear 288 and the first support shaft 284. When the fan-shaped driven gear 294 is pivotally supported on the first support shaft 284, the teeth of the fan-shaped portion 298 mesh with the teeth of the drive gear 288 as shown in FIG. Thus, the fan-shaped driven gear 294 is rotated in the forward and reverse directions by rotating the drive gear 288. The arc shape of the outer peripheral edge (tooth portion) of the fan-shaped portion 298 is set to the same central angle as the rack portion 292 and to the same arc length. Further, a detection piece 298a formed so as to rise forward is provided on one end side of the fan-shaped portion 298. When the fan-shaped driven gear 294 is in the original position, the detection piece 298a is connected to the movable body original position switch 272. It is comprised so that it may face between both detection parts 272c and 272c.

ここで、扇状従動ギヤ294が原位置にある場合には、図30に示す如く、前記扇状部298の歯部における検出片298aとは反対側の端部が駆動ギヤ288に噛合した状態となり、また、前記規制突起300は、図27に示す如く、円弧状溝290の下端部に位置する。そして、前記扇状従動ギヤ294の原位置においては、前記可動演出体258は上下方向に延在した第1姿勢となる。一方、図31に示す如く、扇状部298の歯部における検出片298a側の端部が駆動ギヤ288に噛合した状態では、図29に示す如く、前記規制突起300が円弧状溝290の上端部に位置して、扇状従動ギヤ294は回動限界となる。そして、この状態においては、前記可動演出体258は、斜め右下方へ傾斜した第2姿勢となる。   Here, when the fan-shaped driven gear 294 is in the original position, as shown in FIG. 30, the end of the fan-shaped portion 298 opposite to the detection piece 298a is engaged with the drive gear 288. Further, as shown in FIG. 27, the restriction protrusion 300 is located at the lower end of the arc-shaped groove 290. And in the original position of the said fan-shaped driven gear 294, the said movable production body 258 becomes a 1st attitude | position extended in the up-down direction. On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 31, in the state where the end of the tooth portion of the fan-shaped portion 298 on the detection piece 298 a side meshes with the drive gear 288, as shown in FIG. 29, the restricting protrusion 300 has the upper end of the arc-shaped groove 290. The fan-shaped driven gear 294 is at the rotation limit. In this state, the movable effector 258 is in a second posture inclined obliquely downward to the right.

前記可動演出体258は、前記裏ユニット36における開口部132の左上隅部において、一端側が前記第1支軸284に回動自在に軸支された状態で裏ユニット36に配設される。前記可動演出体258は、前記第1姿勢では、略全体が前記収容部146に収容されて、図1に示すように、前記図柄表示用開口部66を介して前方から殆ど視認することは不能とされる。一方、前記第2姿勢では、図1の2点鎖線で示すように、前記図柄表示装置34の表示部64の前方に露出して図柄表示用開口部66を介して前方から視認可能となるよう構成されている。前記可動演出体258は、所定長さで延在する長尺可動部304と、該長尺可動部304の他端側の前側に設けられる筒状カバー部306とから基本的に構成され、該筒状カバー部306の前側に前記回転演出体260が回転自在に設けられる。なお、以下の説明では、長尺可動部304における前記第1支軸284に軸支された側を軸支側、反対側を開放端側と指称する。   The movable effector 258 is disposed in the back unit 36 with one end side pivotally supported by the first support shaft 284 at the upper left corner of the opening 132 in the back unit 36. In the first posture, the movable effect body 258 is almost entirely accommodated in the accommodation portion 146 and, as shown in FIG. 1, is hardly visible from the front through the symbol display opening 66. It is said. On the other hand, in the second posture, as shown by a two-dot chain line in FIG. 1, it is exposed in front of the display unit 64 of the symbol display device 34 and can be viewed from the front through the symbol display opening 66. It is configured. The movable effect body 258 is basically composed of a long movable portion 304 extending at a predetermined length and a cylindrical cover portion 306 provided on the front side on the other end side of the long movable portion 304, and The rotation effect body 260 is rotatably provided on the front side of the cylindrical cover portion 306. In the following description, the side of the long movable portion 304 that is supported by the first support shaft 284 is referred to as a shaft support side, and the opposite side is referred to as an open end side.

前記長尺可動部304は、図32,図33に示すように、表側に所要の装飾模様が施されると共に、後方に開放する断面U字状に成形された所定長さの本体部308を基本構成とし、該本体部308の後側に後述するリンク手段310を収容可能なリンク機構収容部312が画成されている(図34参照)。図12に示すように、前記長尺可動部304の延在長さは、可動演出体258が第1姿勢にあって、前記裏ユニット36の開口部132の縦辺132a(辺部)132aの長さ寸法の半分以上に設定されている。   As shown in FIGS. 32 and 33, the long movable portion 304 includes a main body portion 308 having a predetermined length, which has a predetermined decorative pattern on the front side and is formed in a U-shaped cross section that opens rearward. As a basic configuration, a link mechanism accommodating portion 312 capable of accommodating a link means 310 described later is defined on the rear side of the main body portion 308 (see FIG. 34). As shown in FIG. 12, the extended length of the long movable portion 304 is such that the movable effector 258 is in the first posture and the vertical side 132a (side portion) 132a of the opening 132 of the back unit 36 is. It is set to more than half of the length dimension.

図25に示すように、前記本体部308の裏側には、軸支側に位置して一対の短尺ボス部308a,308aが形成されている。両短尺ボス部308a,308aは、長尺可動部304の延在方向に交差する方向に離間して設けられる。また、本体部308の裏側には、開放端側に位置して一対の長尺ボス部308b,308bが形成されている。各長尺ボス部308bは、短尺ボス部308aより長尺に設定されると共に、その後端部が短尺ボス部308aより後方に位置している。また、両長尺ボス部308b,308bは、長尺可動部304の延在方向に交差する方向に離間しており、その離間距離は、両短尺ボス部308a,308aの離間距離と同一に設定されている。更に、本体部308の裏側には、前記短尺ボス部308aより支軸側に離間して配線フック308cが形成されている。   As shown in FIG. 25, a pair of short boss portions 308a and 308a are formed on the back side of the main body portion 308 so as to be located on the shaft support side. Both short boss portions 308 a and 308 a are provided apart in a direction intersecting the extending direction of the long movable portion 304. Further, a pair of long boss portions 308b and 308b are formed on the back side of the main body portion 308 so as to be located on the open end side. Each long boss portion 308b is set to be longer than the short boss portion 308a, and its rear end portion is located behind the short boss portion 308a. The long boss portions 308b and 308b are separated in a direction intersecting the extending direction of the long movable portion 304, and the separation distance is set to be the same as the separation distance between the short boss portions 308a and 308a. Has been. Further, a wiring hook 308c is formed on the back side of the main body 308 so as to be separated from the short boss 308a toward the support shaft.

前記長尺可動部304の支軸側は、後方へ開放する筒状に形成された円形軸支部314が形成され、該円形軸支部314の後面から後方へ突出成形した支軸用ボス部314aに前後方向に開放する軸挿通孔314bが開設されている。前記支軸用ボス部314aには、該支軸用ボス部314aの外周面から径方向に突出して2つの配線フック314c,314cが形成されている。また、円形軸支部314の後面には、後方へ突出する3つのボス部314dが形成されており、円形軸支部314の軸挿通孔314bに前記第1支軸284を挿通させると共に、各ボス部314dの後端部を前記扇状従動ギヤ294の対応するボス受け部296bに嵌合させたもとで、該ボス受け部296bの通孔を介してボス部314dにネジ(図示せず)を螺挿することで、長尺可動部304が扇状従動ギヤ294にネジ止めされる。ここで、円形軸支部314のボス部314dが前記扇状従動ギヤ294のボス受け部296bに嵌合することで、長尺可動部304の扇状従動ギヤ294に対する位置決めがなされる。なお、前記円形軸支部314における後方に延出する壁部には、配線通過部314eが形成されている。   A circular shaft support portion 314 formed in a cylindrical shape that opens rearward is formed on the support shaft side of the long movable portion 304, and a support shaft boss portion 314a that protrudes rearward from the rear surface of the circular shaft support portion 314 is formed. A shaft insertion hole 314b that opens in the front-rear direction is provided. The support boss 314a is formed with two wiring hooks 314c and 314c projecting radially from the outer peripheral surface of the support boss 314a. Further, the rear surface of the circular shaft support portion 314 is formed with three boss portions 314d protruding rearward. The first support shaft 284 is inserted into the shaft insertion hole 314b of the circular shaft support portion 314, and each boss portion is inserted. A screw (not shown) is screwed into the boss portion 314d through the through hole of the boss receiving portion 296b while the rear end portion of 314d is fitted to the corresponding boss receiving portion 296b of the fan-shaped driven gear 294. As a result, the long movable portion 304 is screwed to the fan-shaped driven gear 294. Here, the boss portion 314d of the circular shaft support portion 314 is fitted to the boss receiving portion 296b of the fan-like driven gear 294, whereby the long movable portion 304 is positioned with respect to the fan-like driven gear 294. A wiring passage portion 314e is formed in a wall portion extending rearward in the circular shaft support portion 314.

前記長尺可動部304の開放端側には、該長尺可動部304の前面から後方へ一段下がって基板設置部316が形成されている。前記基板設置部316は、前後方向に貫通するリング状に形成されている。前記基板設置部316には、前方へ開放するネジ孔316aが複数形成されると共に、該基板設置部316の周縁部には、前側を臨む一対のボス受け部316b,316bが形成されている。また、基板設置部316には、前記ボス受け部316b,316bから軸支側に離間して前後方向に開放する一対の通孔(図示せず)が開設されている。前記本体部308の前面と基板設置部316とを繋ぐ壁部には、前記本体部308の長尺ボス部308bの間において該長尺可動部304の延在方向に開放する窓部318が形成されている(図28参照)。   A substrate installation portion 316 is formed on the open end side of the long movable portion 304 so as to be lowered one step back from the front surface of the long movable portion 304. The substrate installation part 316 is formed in a ring shape penetrating in the front-rear direction. A plurality of screw holes 316a that open to the front are formed in the substrate installation portion 316, and a pair of boss receiving portions 316b and 316b facing the front side are formed in the peripheral portion of the substrate installation portion 316. In addition, the substrate installation portion 316 is provided with a pair of through holes (not shown) that are spaced apart from the boss receiving portions 316b and 316b toward the shaft support side and open in the front-rear direction. A window portion 318 that opens in the extending direction of the long movable portion 304 is formed between the long boss portions 308 b of the main body portion 308 on the wall portion that connects the front surface of the main body portion 308 and the substrate setting portion 316. (See FIG. 28).

前記基板設置部316の前側には、前記筒状カバー部306を発光させる可動体用発光装置318が配設されている。この可動体用発光装置318は、中央部に円形貫通孔320aが開設されたドーナツ状の可動体用発光基板320と、該発光基板320の前面に複数配設されたLEDからなる発光素子(発光体)320bとから構成される。前記可動体用発光基板320の外縁部は、前記基板設置部316の外郭形状と略一致する形状に形成されている。また、可動体用発光基板320には、前後方向に開放する通孔320cが複数形成されており、該可動体用発光基板320を基板設置部316に設置した際に、該基板設置部316のネジ孔316aに可動体用発光基板320の通孔320cが整合するよう構成される。そして、可動体用発光基板320の各通孔320cを介して前記基板設置部316のネジ孔316aにネジ(図示せず)を螺挿することで、可動体用発光基板320が基板設置部316にネジ止めされるようになっている。   A movable body light emitting device 318 that emits light from the cylindrical cover portion 306 is disposed on the front side of the substrate placement portion 316. This light emitting device for movable body 318 includes a light emitting element (light emitting element) composed of a donut-shaped light emitting substrate for a movable body 320 having a circular through hole 320a at the center and a plurality of LEDs disposed on the front surface of the light emitting substrate 320. Body) 320b. An outer edge portion of the light emitting substrate 320 for movable body is formed in a shape that substantially matches the outer shape of the substrate installation portion 316. The movable body light emitting substrate 320 is formed with a plurality of through holes 320c that open in the front-rear direction. When the movable body light emitting substrate 320 is installed in the substrate installation section 316, the substrate installation section 316 has a through hole 320c. The through hole 320c of the light emitting substrate 320 for movable body is configured to be aligned with the screw hole 316a. Then, a screw (not shown) is screwed into the screw hole 316a of the substrate mounting portion 316 through each through hole 320c of the movable body light emitting substrate 320, so that the movable body light emitting substrate 320 becomes the substrate mounting portion 316. It is designed to be screwed on.

前記可動体用発光基板320の周縁部には、前記基板設置部316に設けたボス受け部316bおよび通孔に対応する箇所に円弧状凹部320dが形成されており、可動体用発光基板320を基板設置部316に取付けた際に、該円弧状凹部320dを介して基板設置部316のボス受け部316bおよび通孔が前方に臨むよう構成される。更に、前記可動体用発光基板320の前面には、前記窓部318を臨む縁部にコネクタ受部320eが設けられており、図28に示すように、コネクタ受部320eに接続された配線320fは、窓部318を介して本体部308の裏側へ引き出されるようになっている。   An arcuate recess 320d is formed at a peripheral portion of the movable body light emitting substrate 320 at a position corresponding to a boss receiving portion 316b provided in the substrate installation portion 316 and a through hole. When attached to the substrate installation portion 316, the boss receiving portion 316b and the through hole of the substrate installation portion 316 are configured to face forward through the arcuate recess 320d. Further, a connector receiving portion 320e is provided on the front surface of the light emitting substrate 320 for the movable body at the edge facing the window portion 318, and as shown in FIG. 28, wiring 320f connected to the connector receiving portion 320e. Is pulled out to the back side of the main body 308 through the window 318.

前記筒状カバー部306は、所要の装飾が施された円形前部306aと、該円形前部306aの周縁部から後方へ延出する壁部とから構成される。前記筒状カバーの壁部の内周面は、前記可動体用発光基板320の外周縁に略一致する形状とされて、前記筒状カバー部306の裏側に前記可動体用発光装置318および基板設置部316を収容可能な空間が画成されている。また、前記筒状カバー部306の壁部の後縁部には、後方および前記支軸側へ向けて開放する壁部開口部306bが開設されている。前記円形前部306aの裏面には、後方へ突出する一対のカバー長尺ボス部306c,306cが、円形前部306aの中心に対し前記壁部開口部306bとは反対側の縁部に設けられている。更に、前記円形前部306aの裏面には、前記壁部開口部306bに近接する縁部に後方へ突出する一対のカバー短尺ボス部306d,306dが形成されている。このカバー短尺ボス部306dの突出量は、前記カバー長尺ボス部306cより小さく設定されている。   The cylindrical cover portion 306 includes a circular front portion 306a provided with a required decoration, and a wall portion extending rearward from the peripheral edge portion of the circular front portion 306a. The inner peripheral surface of the wall portion of the cylindrical cover has a shape that substantially coincides with the outer peripheral edge of the movable body light emitting substrate 320, and the movable body light emitting device 318 and the substrate are disposed on the back side of the cylindrical cover portion 306. A space that can accommodate the installation portion 316 is defined. In addition, a wall opening 306b that opens rearward and toward the support shaft is provided at the rear edge of the wall of the cylindrical cover 306. On the back surface of the circular front portion 306a, a pair of long cover boss portions 306c and 306c projecting rearward are provided at the edge opposite to the wall opening 306b with respect to the center of the circular front portion 306a. ing. Further, a pair of short cover boss portions 306d and 306d are formed on the back surface of the circular front portion 306a so as to protrude rearward at an edge portion close to the wall portion opening portion 306b. The protruding amount of the cover short boss portion 306d is set smaller than that of the cover long boss portion 306c.

前記円形前部306aの裏面には、該円形前部306aの中心部から後方へ突出する軸受けボス部306eが形成されており、該軸受けボス部306eに前後方向に開放して後述する第2支軸322が挿通される軸挿通孔306fが開設されている。そして、可動体用発光装置318が設置された基板設置部316に対し前側から筒状カバー部306を被せ、該筒状カバー部306のカバー長尺ボス部306cの後端部を可動体用発光基板320の円弧状凹部320dを介して基板設置部316のボス受け部316bに整合させると共に、前記カバー短尺ボス部306dの後端部を該円弧状凹部320dを介して基板設置部316の通孔に整合させる。この状態で、基板設置部316のボス受け部316bの通孔を介して筒状カバー部306のカバー長尺ボス部306cにネジ(図示せず)を螺挿すると共に、基板設置部316の通孔を介して筒状カバー部306のカバー短尺ボス部306dにネジ(図示せず)を螺挿することで、筒状カバー部306が基板設置部316にネジ止めされる。   On the back surface of the circular front portion 306a, a bearing boss portion 306e protruding rearward from the center portion of the circular front portion 306a is formed. The bearing boss portion 306e is opened in the front-rear direction and a second support described later. A shaft insertion hole 306f through which the shaft 322 is inserted is opened. Then, a cylindrical cover portion 306 is covered from the front side with respect to the substrate setting portion 316 on which the movable body light emitting device 318 is installed, and the rear end portion of the cover long boss portion 306c of the cylindrical cover portion 306 is emitted from the movable body. The substrate 320 is aligned with the boss receiving portion 316b of the substrate setting portion 316 via the arc-shaped recess portion 320d, and the rear end portion of the cover short boss portion 306d is connected to the through hole of the substrate setting portion 316 via the arc-shaped recess portion 320d. To match. In this state, a screw (not shown) is screwed into the cover long boss portion 306c of the cylindrical cover portion 306 through the through hole of the boss receiving portion 316b of the substrate setting portion 316 and the substrate setting portion 316 is passed through. By screwing a screw (not shown) into the short cover boss portion 306d of the cylindrical cover portion 306 through the hole, the cylindrical cover portion 306 is screwed to the substrate installation portion 316.

前記筒状カバー部306の前側に回転自在に配設される回転演出体260は、所要の形状および装飾が施された演出部材であって、前記可動演出体258の回動時に正逆方向に回転するよう構成される。図33に示すように、前記回転演出体260の裏側には、後方へ突出するよう第2支軸322が固定されている。そして、前記筒状カバー部306の軸挿通孔306fに第2支軸322を挿通させて、筒状カバー部306の裏側に突出した第2支軸322の後端部に後述する第2ギヤ324を連結することで、第2支軸322の筒状カバー部306に対する抜け止めがなされ、回転演出体260が筒状カバー部306の前側に回転自在に取付けられる。前記第2支軸322は、回転演出体260が筒状カバー部306に設けられた状態で、長尺可動部304の延在方向に交差する前後方向に延在する。   The rotation effect body 260 rotatably disposed on the front side of the cylindrical cover portion 306 is an effect member provided with a required shape and decoration, and in the forward and reverse directions when the movable effect body 258 is rotated. Configured to rotate. As shown in FIG. 33, a second support shaft 322 is fixed to the rear side of the rotation effect body 260 so as to protrude rearward. Then, the second support shaft 322 is inserted through the shaft insertion hole 306 f of the cylindrical cover portion 306, and a second gear 324 described later is provided at the rear end portion of the second support shaft 322 protruding to the back side of the cylindrical cover portion 306. Are connected to prevent the second support shaft 322 from being detached from the cylindrical cover portion 306, and the rotation effect body 260 is rotatably attached to the front side of the cylindrical cover portion 306. The second support shaft 322 extends in the front-rear direction intersecting the extending direction of the long movable portion 304 in a state where the rotation effect body 260 is provided on the cylindrical cover portion 306.

前記長尺可動部304のリンク機構収容部312には、前記ラック部292に噛合するピニオン部326が回転自在に配設される。また、長尺可動部304のリンク機構収容部312には、前記ピニオン部326に連繋して、可動演出体258の回動に伴うピニオン部326の回転に基づいて前記回転演出体260を回転させるリンク手段310が配設されている。前記リンク手段310は、一端部側に前記ピニオン部326が同軸的に連結されると共に前記可動演出体258の支軸側と開放端側とを結ぶ線分に沿って延在する回転シャフト328と、該回転シャフト328の他端部に同軸的に連結された第1ギヤ330と、前記第2支軸322に同軸的に連結されると共に該第1ギヤ330に噛合した第2ギヤ324とから基本的に構成される。   A pinion portion 326 that meshes with the rack portion 292 is rotatably disposed in the link mechanism accommodating portion 312 of the long movable portion 304. In addition, the link mechanism accommodating portion 312 of the long movable portion 304 is connected to the pinion portion 326 and rotates the rotation effect body 260 based on the rotation of the pinion portion 326 accompanying the rotation of the movable effect body 258. Link means 310 is provided. The link means 310 has a rotating shaft 328 extending along a line segment connecting the support shaft side and the open end side of the movable effector 258 while the pinion portion 326 is coaxially connected to one end side. A first gear 330 coaxially connected to the other end of the rotating shaft 328 and a second gear 324 coaxially connected to the second support shaft 322 and meshed with the first gear 330. Basically composed.

前記ピニオン部326は、軸方向に開放する筒状連結部326aと、径方向に突出する歯部とから構成されており、回転シャフト328の一端部に筒状連結部326aを嵌挿した状態でネジ止めされる。前記ピニオン部326は、歯部の一部が長尺可動部304の本体部308における壁部の後端より後方に位置した状態で長尺可動部304に設けられる(図34参照)。すなわち、ピニオン部326の一部は、前記長尺可動部304のリンク機構収容部312から後方へ突出した状態となって、長尺可動部304を第1支軸284に軸支した際に、前記ラック部292に前側から噛合するよう構成される。そして、長尺可動部304が回動した際に、前記ピニオン部326は、前記ラック部292に噛合状態のまま円弧状に移動して、正逆方向に回転されるようになっている。換言すれば、前記ラック部292は、前記可動演出体258の回動時における前記ピニオン部326の移動軌跡に沿うように延在している。   The pinion portion 326 includes a cylindrical connecting portion 326a that opens in the axial direction and a tooth portion that protrudes in the radial direction. Screwed. The pinion portion 326 is provided in the long movable portion 304 in a state where a part of the tooth portion is located behind the rear end of the wall portion in the main body portion 308 of the long movable portion 304 (see FIG. 34). That is, when a part of the pinion part 326 protrudes backward from the link mechanism housing part 312 of the long movable part 304 and the long movable part 304 is pivotally supported on the first support shaft 284, The rack portion 292 is configured to mesh with the front side. When the long movable portion 304 is rotated, the pinion portion 326 moves in an arc shape while being engaged with the rack portion 292 and is rotated in the forward and reverse directions. In other words, the rack portion 292 extends along the movement locus of the pinion portion 326 when the movable effector 258 rotates.

前記回転シャフト328は、前記長尺可動部304の延在方向に沿って延在する丸棒体であって、後述する保持部332によって、前記本体部308における壁部の後端縁より僅か前方(すなわち、前記リンク機構収容部312の内部)で保持されている。前記回転シャフト328の延在長さは、図34に示すように、前記ラック部292の歯部と前記第2支軸322との離間距離より僅かに小さく設定され、前記回転シャフト328の他端部が前記基板設置部316まで延出している。前記第1ギヤ330は、軸方向に開放する筒状連結部330aと、かさ歯車をなす歯部とから構成され、回転シャフト328の他端部が筒状連結部330aに嵌挿された状態でネジ止めされる。   The rotating shaft 328 is a round bar extending along the extending direction of the long movable portion 304, and is slightly forward of the rear end edge of the wall portion of the main body 308 by a holding portion 332 described later. (Ie, inside the link mechanism housing 312). As shown in FIG. 34, the extending length of the rotating shaft 328 is set slightly smaller than the separation distance between the teeth of the rack portion 292 and the second support shaft 322, and the other end of the rotating shaft 328 is set. The portion extends to the substrate installation portion 316. The first gear 330 includes a cylindrical connecting portion 330a that opens in the axial direction and a tooth portion that forms a bevel gear, and the other end of the rotary shaft 328 is inserted into the cylindrical connecting portion 330a. Screwed.

前記回転シャフト328に連結された第1ギヤ330は、前記基板設置部316に臨んだ第2支軸322より僅かに支軸側に離間した位置に臨むようになっている。前記第2ギヤ324は、前記第1ギヤ330と同様な構成であって、軸方向に開放する筒状連結部324aと、かさ歯車をなす歯部とから構成され、前記第2支軸322の後端部が筒状連結部324aに嵌挿された状態でネジ止めすることで、第2ギヤ324が第2支軸322に連結されている。前記第2ギヤ324は、筒状カバー部306を前記基板設置部316に取付けた際に、可動体用発光基板320の円形貫通孔320aを介して前記基板設置部316に臨んで、前記第1ギヤ330に対して前側から噛合するようになっている(図34参照)。   The first gear 330 connected to the rotation shaft 328 faces a position slightly separated from the second support shaft 322 facing the substrate installation portion 316 toward the support shaft. The second gear 324 has the same configuration as that of the first gear 330, and includes a cylindrical connecting portion 324a that opens in the axial direction and a tooth portion that forms a bevel gear. The second gear 324 is coupled to the second support shaft 322 by screwing in a state where the rear end portion is fitted and inserted into the cylindrical coupling portion 324a. When the cylindrical cover portion 306 is attached to the substrate installation portion 316, the second gear 324 faces the substrate installation portion 316 via the circular through hole 320a of the movable body light emitting substrate 320, and The gear 330 is engaged from the front side (see FIG. 34).

図35,図36に示すように、回転シャフト328を回転自在に保持する保持部332は、前記回転シャフト328を支持するベース体334と、該ベース体334の裏側に取付けられる押えカバー336とから構成されている。前記ベース体334は、可動演出体258の支軸側に位置する第1板状部338と、該可動演出体258の開放端側に位置して第1板状部338より後方に延在する第2板状部340とから構成され、前記回転シャフト328の延在方向(長尺可動部304の延在方向)に沿って延在している。前記第1板状部338には、開放端部に幅広の取着部338aが形成され、該取着部338aの後面にベース体334の延在方向に交差する方向に離間した一対のボス受け部338b,338bが設けられている。   As shown in FIGS. 35 and 36, the holding portion 332 that rotatably holds the rotary shaft 328 includes a base body 334 that supports the rotary shaft 328 and a presser cover 336 that is attached to the back side of the base body 334. It is configured. The base body 334 is positioned on the support shaft side of the movable effect body 258 and the open end side of the movable effect body 258 and extends rearward from the first plate-like part 338. The second plate-shaped portion 340 extends along the extending direction of the rotating shaft 328 (the extending direction of the long movable portion 304). The first plate-like portion 338 is formed with a wide attachment portion 338a at the open end, and a pair of boss receivers spaced apart in the direction intersecting the extending direction of the base body 334 on the rear surface of the attachment portion 338a. Portions 338b and 338b are provided.

前記第2板状部340の長手方向の両縁部には、該第2板状部340における第1板状部338とは反対側の端部に近接して一対の円弧状支持部340a,340aが第2板状部340の短手方向に離間して形成されている。各円弧状支持部340aは、第2板状部340から後方へ突出するよう形成されている。各円弧状支持部340aには、前記長尺可動部304の長尺ボス部308bが嵌入可能な寸法で前後方向に開放する嵌合孔340bが開設されている。そして、前記第1板状部338のボス受け部338bに長尺可動部304の短尺ボス部308aの後端部を整合させると共に、該長尺可動部304の長尺ボス部308bを第2板状部340の対応の円弧状支持部340aの嵌合孔340bに嵌入したもとで、該ボス受け部338bの通孔を介して短尺ボス部308aにネジ(図示せず)を螺挿することで、前記ベース体334が長尺可動部304(本体部308)にネジ止めされるよう構成される。なお、前記ベース体334が長尺可動部304に取付けられた状態では、前記長尺ボス部308bの後端縁が前記円弧状支持部340aの後端縁に整列するようになっている。   At both edges in the longitudinal direction of the second plate-shaped portion 340, a pair of arc-shaped support portions 340a, close to the end of the second plate-shaped portion 340 opposite to the first plate-shaped portion 338, 340a is formed apart from the second plate-shaped portion 340 in the short direction. Each arcuate support portion 340a is formed to protrude rearward from the second plate-like portion 340. Each arcuate support portion 340a is provided with a fitting hole 340b that opens in the front-rear direction so that the long boss portion 308b of the long movable portion 304 can be fitted therein. The rear end portion of the short boss portion 308a of the long movable portion 304 is aligned with the boss receiving portion 338b of the first plate-shaped portion 338, and the long boss portion 308b of the long movable portion 304 is aligned with the second plate. A screw (not shown) is screwed into the short boss portion 308a through the through-hole of the boss receiving portion 338b while being fitted into the fitting hole 340b of the corresponding arc-shaped support portion 340a of the shape-like portion 340. Thus, the base body 334 is configured to be screwed to the long movable portion 304 (main body portion 308). In the state where the base body 334 is attached to the long movable portion 304, the rear end edge of the long boss portion 308b is aligned with the rear end edge of the arcuate support portion 340a.

前記第2板状部340における第1板状部338側の端部に近接して一対のボス部340c,340cが第2板状部340の短手方向に離間して形成されている。第2板状部340のボス部340cは、前記円弧状支持部340aと同じ突出量で、前記第2支持部から後方へ突出している。第2板状部340の両端部には、夫々、長尺可動部304の延在方向に開放するU字状の支持体342,344が、後方に向けて突出成形されており、両支持体342,344に前記回転シャフト328が回転自在に支持されるよう構成される。なお、以下の説明では、第1板状部338側の支持体を第1支持体342、第1板状部338とは反対側の支持体を第2支持体344と指称する場合がある。   A pair of boss portions 340 c and 340 c are formed in the second plate-like portion 340 so as to be close to the end portion on the first plate-like portion 338 side and spaced apart in the short direction of the second plate-like portion 340. The boss portion 340c of the second plate-shaped portion 340 protrudes rearward from the second support portion with the same protruding amount as the arc-shaped support portion 340a. U-shaped supports 342 and 344 that open in the extending direction of the long movable portion 304 are respectively formed at both ends of the second plate-shaped portion 340 so as to protrude rearward. The rotating shaft 328 is configured to be rotatably supported by 342 and 344. In the following description, the support on the first plate-like portion 338 side may be referred to as a first support 342, and the support opposite to the first plate-like portion 338 may be referred to as a second support 344.

前記支持体342,344は、第2板状部340の隅部から後方に突出する一対の突起部342a,342a,344a,344aを備え、両突起部342a,342a,344a,344aの間に回転シャフト328が配設される。各突起部342a,342a,344a,344aの後端面は、前記第2板状部340の円弧状支持部340aおよびボス部340cの後端面より後方に位置している。また、両支持体342,344の外側面(他方の支持体344,342に対向する面とは反対側の面)の離間距離L5(図35(a)参照)は、前記ピニオン部326の筒状連結部326aにおける端縁部と前記第1ギヤ330の筒状連結部330aにおける端縁部との離間距離L6(図34参照)と略一致する寸法に設定されている。 The support members 342 and 344 include a pair of protrusions 342a, 342a, 344a, and 344a that protrude rearward from the corners of the second plate-shaped part 340, and rotate between the protrusions 342a, 342a, 344a, and 344a. A shaft 328 is disposed. The rear end surfaces of the protrusions 342a, 342a, 344a, 344a are located behind the rear end surfaces of the arcuate support portion 340a and the boss portion 340c of the second plate-like portion 340. In addition, the separation distance L 5 (see FIG. 35A) between the outer surfaces of both the supports 342 and 344 (the surface opposite to the surface facing the other supports 344 and 342) is determined by the pinion portion 326. The dimension is set to be approximately the same as the distance L 6 (see FIG. 34) between the end edge portion of the cylindrical connecting portion 326a and the end edge portion of the first gear 330 in the cylindrical connecting portion 330a.

前記第2支持体344の突起部344a,344aには、該突起部344a,344aの後端面から第2板状部340の長手方向外方および短手方向外方へ延出する規制片344b,344bが形成されている。この規制片344bにおける第2板状部340の長手方向外方へ延出した外縁部と、第1支持体342の外側面との離間距離L7(図35(b)参照)は、前記ピニオン部326の筒状連結部326aにおける端縁部と前記第1ギヤ330の筒状連結部330aにおける端縁部との離間距離L6より大きく設定されている。そして、回転シャフト328は、前記第1ギヤ330側を第2支持体344に臨ませた後に、ピニオン部326側を第1支持体342に臨ませることで、両支持体342,344間にセットされるようになっている。 The protrusions 344a and 344a of the second support 344 have restriction pieces 344b extending from the rear end surfaces of the protrusions 344a and 344a outward in the longitudinal direction and outward in the lateral direction of the second plate-shaped portion 340, 344b is formed. The distance L 7 (see FIG. 35B) between the outer edge portion of the restricting piece 344b extending outward in the longitudinal direction of the second plate-like portion 340 and the outer surface of the first support 342 is the pinion. The distance L 6 between the end edge portion of the cylindrical connecting portion 326 a of the portion 326 and the end edge portion of the cylindrical connecting portion 330 a of the first gear 330 is set. The rotating shaft 328 is set between the two supports 342 and 344 by causing the first gear 330 side to face the second support 344 and then causing the pinion part 326 side to face the first support 342. It has come to be.

回転シャフト328が支持体342,344に支持された状態では、図27に示すように、前記規制片344b,344bの端部が第1ギヤ330の筒状連結部330a,330aの開放端より歯部側に位置して、回転シャフト328の第1ギヤ330側が第2支持体344から脱落するのを規制している。更に、図35(a)に示すように、各規制片344bの前面側(第2板状部340側)には、後方へ向かうにつれて第2支持体344から離間する方向に傾斜した傾斜面344cが形成されており、回転シャフト328を支持体342,344に着脱する際に第2ギヤ324が規制片344bに引っ掛かり難くしている。   In the state where the rotating shaft 328 is supported by the supports 342 and 344, the end portions of the restriction pieces 344 b and 344 b are toothed from the open ends of the cylindrical coupling portions 330 a and 330 a of the first gear 330 as shown in FIG. The first gear 330 side of the rotary shaft 328 is restricted from falling off from the second support 344 located on the part side. Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 35 (a), on the front side (second plate-like portion 340 side) of each regulating piece 344b, an inclined surface 344c inclined in a direction away from the second support 344 toward the rear. When the rotary shaft 328 is attached to and detached from the supports 342 and 344, the second gear 324 is less likely to be caught by the restricting piece 344b.

前記押えカバー336は、前記支持体342,344の間に配設される板状部材であって、押えカバー336の長手方向の寸法は、両支持体342,344の内側面(他方の支持体344,342に対向する面)の離間距離と略一致する寸法に設定されている。また、押えカバー336の短手方向の寸法は、前記第2板状部340の短手方向の寸法と略同一に設定される。押えカバー336の一端部側には、前記第2板状部340のボス部340c,340cに対応する一対のボス受け部336a,336aが、該押えカバー336の長手方向の縁部から短手方向の外方に膨出するように形成されている。また、押えカバー336の他端部側は、短手方向に広がった幅広部336bとされて、該幅広部336bに前記長尺可動部304の長尺ボス部308b,308bに対応する通孔336c,336cが開設されている。   The presser cover 336 is a plate-like member disposed between the supports 342 and 344, and the size of the presser cover 336 in the longitudinal direction is the inner side surface of the both supports 342 and 344 (the other support body). The dimension is set to be approximately the same as the distance between the surfaces facing 344 and 342. Further, the dimension in the short direction of the presser cover 336 is set to be substantially the same as the dimension in the short direction of the second plate-shaped portion 340. A pair of boss receiving portions 336 a and 336 a corresponding to the boss portions 340 c and 340 c of the second plate-like portion 340 are provided at one end portion side of the presser cover 336 from the longitudinal edge of the presser cover 336 in the short direction. It is formed to bulge outward. The other end side of the presser cover 336 is a wide portion 336b widened in the short direction, and the through-hole 336c corresponding to the long boss portions 308b and 308b of the long movable portion 304 is formed in the wide portion 336b. , 336c.

そして、押えカバー336のボス受け部336a,336aに前記第2板状部340のボス部340c,340cの後端部を嵌合し、該ボス受け部336a,336aの通孔を介してボス部340c,340cにネジ(図示せず)を螺挿することで、押えカバー336が第2板状部340にネジ止めされる。更に、前記押えカバー336の通孔336c,336cを長尺可動部304の長尺ボス部308b,308bに整合させたもとで、該通孔336c,336cを介して長尺ボス部308b,308bにネジ(図示せず)を螺挿することで、押えカバー336が長尺可動部304にネジ止めされるよう構成される。前記押えカバー336が長尺可動部304に取付けられた状態では、該押えカバー336の幅広部336bの前面が長尺可動部304の長尺ボス部308b,308bの後端部および第2板状部340の円弧状支持部340a,340aの後端部に当接して、押えカバー336の位置決めがなされると共に、ベース体334(第2板状部340)が長尺可動部304に固定されようになっている。また、押えカバー336が第2板状部340に取付けられることで、前記支持体342,344に支持された回転シャフト328が押えカバー336により後方から覆われた状態となって、該回転シャフト328の支持体342,344からの脱落が阻止される(図27参照)。   Then, the rear end portions of the boss portions 340c and 340c of the second plate-like portion 340 are fitted into the boss receiving portions 336a and 336a of the presser cover 336, and the boss portions are inserted through the through holes of the boss receiving portions 336a and 336a. The presser cover 336 is screwed to the second plate-like portion 340 by screwing screws (not shown) into the 340c and 340c. Further, the through holes 336c and 336c of the presser cover 336 are aligned with the long boss portions 308b and 308b of the long movable portion 304, and the long boss portions 308b and 308b are screwed into the long boss portions 308b and 308b through the through holes 336c and 336c. The presser cover 336 is configured to be screwed to the long movable portion 304 by screwing (not shown). In a state where the presser cover 336 is attached to the long movable portion 304, the front surface of the wide portion 336b of the presser cover 336 is the rear end portion of the long boss portions 308b and 308b of the long movable portion 304 and the second plate shape. The presser cover 336 is positioned by abutting against the rear end portions of the arcuate support portions 340a and 340a of the portion 340, and the base body 334 (second plate-like portion 340) is fixed to the long movable portion 304. It has become. Further, since the presser cover 336 is attached to the second plate-shaped portion 340, the rotary shaft 328 supported by the supports 342 and 344 is covered from the rear by the presser cover 336, and the rotary shaft 328 Is prevented from falling off from the supports 342 and 344 (see FIG. 27).

前記押えカバー336の短手方向の両縁部には、中央部から長手方向外方へ延出する位置決め突片336d,336dが形成されている。各位置決め突片336dの短手方向の長さは、各支持体342,344の両突起部342a,342a,344a,344aの離間距離に略一致するよう設定されており、押えカバー336を第2板状部340に取付けた際に、各位置決め突片336dが各支持体342,344の突起部342a,342a,344a,344aの間に臨んで、押えカバー336が位置決めされる。また、押えカバー336における前記第2支持体344側の縁部には、一対の係止片336e,336eが前記位置決め突片336dを挟んで形成されている。各係止片336eは、押えカバー336の前面から前方へ突出すると共に、押えカバー336の長手方向外方へ延出している。また、前記係止片336eは、押えカバー336を第2支持体344に取付けた際に、前記第2支持体344の規制片344bに前側から係止可能に構成されている。すなわち、係止片336e,336eを第2支持体344の規制片344b,344bに係止させると共に前記位置決め突片336dを第2支持体344の突起部344a,344aの間に臨ませた後に、押えカバー336の他方の位置決め突片336dを第1支持体342の突起部342a,342aの間に臨ませることで、前記押えカバー336は、第2板状部340にセットされるようになっている(図35,図36参照)。   Positioning protrusions 336d and 336d extending outward from the center portion in the longitudinal direction are formed on both edges in the short direction of the presser cover 336. The lengths of the positioning protrusions 336d in the short direction are set to substantially coincide with the separation distances of the protrusions 342a, 342a, 344a, and 344a of the supports 342 and 344, and the presser cover 336 is moved to the second position. When attached to the plate-like portion 340, the positioning protrusions 336d face the projections 342a, 342a, 344a, 344a of the supports 342, 344, and the presser cover 336 is positioned. A pair of locking pieces 336e and 336e are formed at the edge of the presser cover 336 on the second support 344 side with the positioning protrusion 336d interposed therebetween. Each locking piece 336e protrudes forward from the front surface of the presser cover 336, and extends outward in the longitudinal direction of the presser cover 336. Further, the locking piece 336e is configured to be able to be locked from the front side to the restriction piece 344b of the second support 344 when the presser cover 336 is attached to the second support 344. That is, after the locking pieces 336e and 336e are locked to the restricting pieces 344b and 344b of the second support 344 and the positioning protrusion 336d is placed between the protrusions 344a and 344a of the second support 344, By placing the other positioning protrusion 336d of the presser cover 336 between the protrusions 342a and 342a of the first support 342, the presser cover 336 is set on the second plate-like part 340. (See FIGS. 35 and 36).

ここで、前記長尺可動部304にベース体334が取付けられた状態においては、図28に示すように、前記第1板状部338の前面および第2板状部340の前面が長尺可動部304の本体部308の裏面から離間して、ベース体334の前面と本体部308の裏面との間に配線スペース346が画成されるようになっている。そして、前記窓部318を介して本体部308の裏側に引き出された可動体用発光装置318の配線320fは、前記長尺ボス部308b,308bの間を通って前記配線スペース346へ引き出される。前記配線スペース346に引き出された配線320fは、該配線スペース346を通って長尺可動部304の支軸側へ案内され、前記短尺ボス部308aの間を通って前記円形軸支部314側へ引き出される。すなわち、可動体用発光装置318から導出する配線320fは、保持部332における回転シャフト328を支持する面とは反対側の面に沿って長尺可動部304の支軸側へ案内されるようになっている。   Here, in a state where the base body 334 is attached to the long movable portion 304, as shown in FIG. 28, the front surface of the first plate-shaped portion 338 and the front surface of the second plate-shaped portion 340 are long movable. A wiring space 346 is defined between the front surface of the base body 334 and the back surface of the main body 308 so as to be separated from the back surface of the main body 308 of the section 304. The wiring 320f of the movable body light emitting device 318 drawn out to the back side of the main body 308 through the window 318 is drawn out to the wiring space 346 through the long bosses 308b and 308b. The wiring 320f drawn out to the wiring space 346 is guided to the support shaft side of the long movable portion 304 through the wiring space 346, and is drawn out to the circular shaft support portion 314 side through the short boss portion 308a. It is. That is, the wiring 320f led out from the movable body light emitting device 318 is guided to the support shaft side of the long movable portion 304 along the surface opposite to the surface that supports the rotating shaft 328 in the holding portion 332. It has become.

なお、前記配線スペース346から引き出された配線320fは、長尺可動部304の配線フック308cに係止された後、前記円形軸支部314の2つの配線フック314c,314cで右側へ湾曲されて、該円形軸支部314の配線通過部314eを介して長尺可動部304の外部へ引き出される。更に、長尺可動部304の外部へ引き出された配線320fは、図27に示すように、前記後側ケース228の後配線用開口部289から該後側ケース228の裏側へ引き出される。そして、後側ケース228の裏側へ引き出された配線320fは、後側ケース228の配線フック266aを介して下方へ案内され、前記裏ユニット36における表中継基板152に接続される(図12参照)。   The wiring 320f drawn out from the wiring space 346 is locked to the wiring hook 308c of the long movable portion 304 and then bent to the right by the two wiring hooks 314c and 314c of the circular shaft support portion 314. The circular shaft support part 314 is drawn out of the long movable part 304 via the wiring passage part 314e. Further, the wiring 320f drawn out of the long movable portion 304 is drawn out from the rear wiring opening 289 of the rear case 228 to the back side of the rear case 228 as shown in FIG. Then, the wiring 320f drawn out to the back side of the rear case 228 is guided downward through the wiring hook 266a of the rear case 228 and connected to the front relay board 152 in the back unit 36 (see FIG. 12). .

〔実施例の作用〕
次に、前述した実施例に係るパチンコ機10の作用につき説明する。
(Effects of Example)
Next, the operation of the pachinko machine 10 according to the above-described embodiment will be described.

〔カバー部材の組付けについて〕
先ず始めに、カバー部材180を裏ユニット36に取付ける場合について説明する。図18に示すように、入賞口用発光装置116の入賞口用発光基板202を前記カバー部材180の発光装置用設置部200にセットする。入賞口用発光基板202の位置決め凹部202bに前記カバー部材180の位置決め突起200bが臨むことで、入賞口用発光基板202が、カバー部材180の位置決めリブ200aの内側に整合した状態で位置決めされる。このとき、入賞口用発光基板202の後面のコネクタ受部202dが、前記矩形開口部206を介してカバー部材180の裏側に臨む。次に、前記ケース体208の後側の空間に前記入賞口用発光装置116を収容した状態で、該ケース体208の壁部の後端を前記カバー部材180の位置決めリブ200aの前端に当接させる。そして、ケース体208の位置決め突起208bをカバー部材180の位置決め孔200cに挿入したもとで、ケース体208の通孔208aおよび入賞口用発光基板202の通孔202cを介してカバー部材180のネジ孔200dにネジを螺挿することで、ケース体208が入賞口用発光装置116を収容した状態でカバー部材180の前側に取付けられる。
[Assembling the cover member]
First, the case where the cover member 180 is attached to the back unit 36 will be described. As shown in FIG. 18, the winning opening light emitting substrate 202 of the winning opening light emitting device 116 is set on the light emitting device installing portion 200 of the cover member 180. The positioning projection 200b of the cover member 180 faces the positioning recess 202b of the winning hole light emitting substrate 202, so that the winning hole light emitting substrate 202 is positioned in alignment with the inside of the positioning rib 200a of the cover member 180. At this time, the connector receiving portion 202 d on the rear surface of the winning hole light emitting substrate 202 faces the back side of the cover member 180 through the rectangular opening 206. Next, the rear end of the wall portion of the case body 208 is brought into contact with the front end of the positioning rib 200a of the cover member 180 in a state where the winning opening light emitting device 116 is accommodated in the space on the rear side of the case body 208. Let Then, with the positioning protrusion 208b of the case body 208 inserted into the positioning hole 200c of the cover member 180, the screw of the cover member 180 is inserted through the through hole 208a of the case body 208 and the through hole 202c of the winning hole light emitting substrate 202. By screwing a screw into the hole 200d, the case body 208 is attached to the front side of the cover member 180 in a state in which the winning hole light emitting device 116 is accommodated.

一方、前記裏ユニット36については、排出用球通路120のスイッチ設置部184の前方開口に球検知スイッチ186を挿入し、該球検知スイッチ186の検知部186bが球排出口182に臨んだ状態で、球検知スイッチ186をスイッチ設置部184にセットする。このとき、図17に示すように、スイッチ設置部184の位置決め片188が球検知スイッチ186における本体部186aの後端部に係合し、該球検知スイッチ186の後方への位置規制がなされる。また、スイッチ設置部184に球検知スイッチ186が設置された状態では、該球検知スイッチ186の前端部がスイッチ設置部184の前方開口に整列した状態となる。   On the other hand, with respect to the back unit 36, the ball detection switch 186 is inserted into the front opening of the switch installation portion 184 of the discharge ball passage 120, and the detection portion 186 b of the ball detection switch 186 faces the ball discharge port 182. The ball detection switch 186 is set on the switch installation unit 184. At this time, as shown in FIG. 17, the positioning piece 188 of the switch installation portion 184 is engaged with the rear end portion of the main body portion 186a of the ball detection switch 186, and the rearward position of the ball detection switch 186 is regulated. . When the ball detection switch 186 is installed in the switch installation unit 184, the front end of the ball detection switch 186 is aligned with the front opening of the switch installation unit 184.

次に、前記入賞口用発光装置116およびケース体208が取付けられたカバー部材180を前記裏ユニット36の排出用球通路120の前側に取付ける。すなわち、図11に示すように、カバー部材180のボス受け部180aを下部構造体124および左対向面部128cに形成したボス部124a,128eに嵌合させ、ボス受け部180aの通孔を介してボス部124a,128eにネジを螺挿してカバー部材180が裏ユニット36にネジ止めされる。これにより、図12に示すように、排出用球通路120の前方開口が、前記入賞口用飾り部材86の各排出樋110,112,114に連通する部分(すなわち、第1〜第3通路172,174,176の上端部)を除いて、前記カバー部材180により閉塞される。そして、カバー部材180が裏ユニット36に取付けられた状態では、該カバー部材180の後面が通路用壁部178の前端に当接し、前記通過口192および通過部194が対応の第1〜第3通路172,174,176に連通する。このように、実施例では、排出用球通路120の前面開口がカバー部材180により閉鎖されるので、通路用壁部178およびカバー部材180の間に隙間が生じるのを抑制し得る。従って、排出用球通路120でパチンコ球の球詰まりが発生するのを好適に抑制し、該排出用球通路120をパチンコ球が円滑に流下することが可能となる。   Next, the cover member 180 to which the winning opening light emitting device 116 and the case body 208 are attached is attached to the front side of the discharge ball passage 120 of the back unit 36. That is, as shown in FIG. 11, the boss receiving portion 180a of the cover member 180 is fitted to the boss portions 124a and 128e formed on the lower structure 124 and the left facing surface portion 128c, and the boss receiving portion 180a is inserted through the through hole. Screws are screwed into the boss portions 124a and 128e, and the cover member 180 is screwed to the back unit 36. As a result, as shown in FIG. 12, the front opening of the discharge ball passage 120 communicates with the discharge rods 110, 112, 114 of the prize opening decoration member 86 (that is, the first to third passages 172). , 174, and 176). When the cover member 180 is attached to the back unit 36, the rear surface of the cover member 180 abuts against the front end of the passage wall portion 178, and the passage port 192 and the passage portion 194 correspond to the corresponding first to third. The passages 172, 174, and 176 communicate with each other. Thus, in the embodiment, since the front opening of the discharge ball passage 120 is closed by the cover member 180, it is possible to suppress the generation of a gap between the passage wall portion 178 and the cover member 180. Accordingly, the occurrence of pachinko sphere clogging in the discharge ball passage 120 is preferably suppressed, and the pachinko ball can smoothly flow down the discharge ball passage 120.

カバー部材180が裏ユニット36に取付けられると、図17に示すように、該カバー部材180の規制部204が、前記スイッチ設置部184に設置された球検知スイッチ186の前端部に当接し、該球検知スイッチ186の前方への位置規制がなされる。このように、実施例では、カバー部材180に規制部204を設けることで、カバー部材180を排出用球通路120に取付けた際に、球検知スイッチ186の位置規制を行なうことが可能となる。また、前記カバー部材180が排出用球通路120に取付けられると、入賞口用発光基板202のコネクタ受部202dが裏ユニット36の配線通路190に臨み、該コネクタ受部202dに接続された配線202eは、配線通路190を介して裏ユニット36の上方へ案内される(図12参照)。そして、配線通路190を介して上方へ案内された配線202eは、前記裏ユニット36の左配線通路162を介して該裏ユニット36の裏側へ引き出され、前記裏中継基板164に接続される(図14参照)。すなわち、実施例では、入賞口用発光装置116をカバー部材180を介して裏ユニット36側に設ける構成としたので、入賞口用発光装置116を遊技盤18に取付ける構成に較べ、配線202eを裏ユニット36の裏側へ引き回すのが容易となる。ここで、カバー部材180を排出用球通路120の前側に取付けた状態では、図16に示すように、カバー部材180(入賞口用発光装置116)が下部構造体124の前面から前方へ突出した状態となる。   When the cover member 180 is attached to the back unit 36, as shown in FIG. 17, the restricting portion 204 of the cover member 180 comes into contact with the front end portion of the ball detection switch 186 installed in the switch installing portion 184, and The forward position of the ball detection switch 186 is restricted. Thus, in the embodiment, by providing the restricting portion 204 on the cover member 180, the position of the ball detection switch 186 can be restricted when the cover member 180 is attached to the discharge ball passage 120. When the cover member 180 is attached to the discharge ball passage 120, the connector receiving portion 202d of the winning hole light emitting substrate 202 faces the wiring passage 190 of the back unit 36, and the wiring 202e connected to the connector receiving portion 202d. Is guided upward of the back unit 36 through the wiring passage 190 (see FIG. 12). Then, the wiring 202e guided upward through the wiring path 190 is drawn out to the back side of the back unit 36 through the left wiring path 162 of the back unit 36 and connected to the back relay board 164 (see FIG. 14). That is, in the embodiment, since the winning opening light emitting device 116 is provided on the back unit 36 side through the cover member 180, the wiring 202 e is connected to the back as compared with the configuration in which the winning opening light emitting device 116 is attached to the game board 18. It is easy to route the unit 36 to the back side. Here, in the state where the cover member 180 is attached to the front side of the discharge ball passage 120, as shown in FIG. 16, the cover member 180 (the light-emitting device 116 for winning a prize opening) protrudes forward from the front surface of the lower structure 124. It becomes a state.

〔発光演出装置の組付けについて〕
次に、発光演出装置142を組付ける場合について説明する。図20,図21に示すように、前記演出部212の前側に円形装飾板218を取付けると共に、前記前側ケース226の前側に散乱カバー230を取付け、該散乱カバー230の連結用開口部230aに演出部212の後面を臨ませる。前記連結用開口部230aに臨む演出部212の後面に対し、前記連結部材220を前側ケース226の後側から連結させる。また、前記演出部用発光基板232の位置決め孔232cに散乱カバー230の位置決め突起230cを挿入すると共に、演出部用発光基板232の通孔232bを散乱カバー230の設置用突部230bに整合させる。そして、演出部用発光基板232の通孔232bを介して設置用突部230bにネジを螺挿して、演出部用発光装置214を前側ケース226(散乱カバー230)にネジ止めする。
[Assembly of the lighting effect device]
Next, a case where the light emitting effect device 142 is assembled will be described. As shown in FIGS. 20 and 21, a circular decorative plate 218 is attached to the front side of the rendering unit 212, and a scattering cover 230 is attached to the front side of the front case 226, so that the rendering opening 230 a of the scattering cover 230 is rendered. The rear surface of the section 212 is exposed. The connection member 220 is connected from the rear side of the front case 226 to the rear surface of the rendering unit 212 facing the connection opening 230a. In addition, the positioning protrusion 230c of the scattering cover 230 is inserted into the positioning hole 232c of the light emitting substrate 232 for the effect section, and the through hole 232b of the light emitting substrate 232 for the effect section is aligned with the installation protrusion 230b of the scattering cover 230. Then, a screw is screwed into the installation protrusion 230b through the through hole 232b of the effect part light emitting substrate 232, and the effect part light emitting device 214 is screwed to the front case 226 (scattering cover 230).

また、前記演出部用原位置スイッチ252を後側ケース228のスイッチ設置部254に設置する。すなわち、演出部用原位置スイッチ252の後方の検知部252cをスイッチ設置部254の位置決め凹部254cに臨ませると共に、該原位置スイッチ252の固定部252aの通孔252dをスイッチ設置部254のネジ孔254aに整合させる。更に、前記固定部252aの位置決め孔252eにスイッチ設置部254の位置決め突起254bを挿入すると共に、該固定部252aの通孔252dを介して該スイッチ設置部254のネジ孔254aにネジを螺挿することで、演出部用原位置スイッチ252が後側ケース228のスイッチ設置部254に取付けられる。このとき、スイッチ設置部254に設置された演出部用原位置スイッチ252は、図22に示すように、両検知部252c,252cの間の空間を回転時における連結部材220の検知片220aの通過領域に臨ませている。   In addition, the production position original position switch 252 is installed in the switch installation section 254 of the rear case 228. That is, the detection unit 252c behind the direct switch 252 for the production unit is made to face the positioning recess 254c of the switch installation unit 254, and the through hole 252d of the fixing unit 252a of the original position switch 252 is screwed into the screw hole of the switch installation unit 254 254a. Further, the positioning projection 254b of the switch installation part 254 is inserted into the positioning hole 252e of the fixing part 252a, and a screw is screwed into the screw hole 254a of the switch installation part 254 via the through hole 252d of the fixing part 252a. Thus, the production position original position switch 252 is attached to the switch installation portion 254 of the rear case 228. At this time, the production position original position switch 252 installed in the switch installation section 254 passes through the detection piece 220a of the connecting member 220 during rotation in the space between the detection sections 252c and 252c, as shown in FIG. It faces the area.

前記後側ケース228を前側ケース226に組付ける場合には、該後側ケース228のボス受け部234aに前側ケース226のボス部226aの後端部を嵌合させ、該ボス受け部234aの通孔を介してボス部226aにネジを螺挿して、後側ケース228を前側ケース226にネジ止めする。このとき、図22に示すように、前記演出部用発光装置214の発光素子232aは、装置本体216の上部側に位置して円弧状に並んでいる。すなわち、実施例に係る発光演出装置142では、複数の発光素子232aが演出部212の発光領域210よりも狭い範囲に設けられている。また、演出部用発光装置214が設けられていない後側ケース228の下部の領域には、下部スペース238として所要の空間が画成され、前記スイッチ設置部254に設置された演出部用原位置スイッチ252は、当該下部スペース238に位置する。なお、演出部用原位置スイッチ252のコネクタ受部252fに接続された配線252gは、後側ケース228の配線用切欠部244を介して外部に引き出される。また、前記後側ケース228を前側ケース226に取付けた状態では、図23に示すように、前記演出部用発光基板232のコネクタ受部232dが後側ケース228のコネクタ用開口部250に臨み、該コネクタ受部232dに接続された配線232eは、該コネクタ用開口部250を介して後側ケース228の後方へ引き出される。   When the rear case 228 is assembled to the front case 226, the rear end portion of the boss portion 226a of the front case 226 is fitted to the boss receiving portion 234a of the rear case 228, and the boss receiving portion 234a is passed through. A screw is screwed into the boss portion 226a through the hole, and the rear case 228 is screwed to the front case 226. At this time, as shown in FIG. 22, the light-emitting elements 232 a of the light-emitting device 214 for the effect section are positioned on the upper side of the device main body 216 and arranged in an arc shape. In other words, in the light emitting effect device 142 according to the embodiment, the plurality of light emitting elements 232a are provided in a range narrower than the light emitting area 210 of the effect unit 212. In addition, a required space is defined as a lower space 238 in the lower region of the rear case 228 where the effect unit light emitting device 214 is not provided, and the effect unit original position installed in the switch installation unit 254 is formed. The switch 252 is located in the lower space 238. Note that the wiring 252g connected to the connector receiving portion 252f of the production position original position switch 252 is drawn to the outside through the wiring cutout portion 244 of the rear case 228. In the state where the rear case 228 is attached to the front case 226, as shown in FIG. 23, the connector receiving portion 232d of the light emitting board 232 for the effect portion faces the connector opening 250 of the rear case 228, The wiring 232e connected to the connector receiving portion 232d is pulled out to the rear side of the rear case 228 through the connector opening 250.

次に、前記演出部用モータ224を後側ケース228の設置凹部246に取付ける。すなわち、演出部用モータ224の駆動軸224aを設置凹部246の軸挿通孔246bに挿通し、前記連結部材220の連結軸孔222aに接続する。また、演出部用モータ224のモータ取付片248aを前記設置凹部246にネジ止めして、演出部用モータ224を設置凹部246に取付ける。これにより、前記演出部212が前記連結部材220を介して演出部用モータ224に接続されて、該演出部212が装置本体216の前側に回転自在に取付けられる。前記演出部用モータ224が設置凹部246に取付けられた状態で、図23に示すように、演出部用モータ224のコネクタ受部224bに接続された配線224cが下方へ導出している。   Next, the effect section motor 224 is attached to the installation recess 246 of the rear case 228. That is, the drive shaft 224 a of the effect section motor 224 is inserted into the shaft insertion hole 246 b of the installation recess 246 and connected to the connection shaft hole 222 a of the connection member 220. In addition, the motor mounting piece 248 a of the rendering unit motor 224 is screwed to the installation recess 246, and the rendering unit motor 224 is mounted to the installation recess 246. Thereby, the effect part 212 is connected to the effect part motor 224 via the connecting member 220, and the effect part 212 is rotatably attached to the front side of the apparatus main body 216. As shown in FIG. 23, the wiring 224 c connected to the connector receiving portion 224 b of the rendering section motor 224 is led downward with the rendering section motor 224 attached to the installation recess 246.

発光演出装置142を裏ユニット36の中央設置部154に取付ける際には、前記後側ケース228の下側固定片240のボス受け部240aに中央設置部154の下側ボス部156の前端部を嵌合させると共に、後側ケース228の上側固定片242のボス受け部242aに中央設置部154の上側ボス部158(図16参照)の前端部を嵌合させる。そして、下側固定片240および上側固定片242の両ボス受け部240a,242aの通孔を介して下側ボス部156および上側ボス部158にネジを螺挿して、発光演出装置142を中央設置部154にネジ止めする。このとき、前記中央設置部154の下側ボス部156の前方への突出量は、上側ボス部158より大きいので、発光演出装置142は、下部側を前方に位置させた後方傾斜した姿勢となる(図15参照)。   When attaching the light emitting effect device 142 to the central installation portion 154 of the back unit 36, the front end portion of the lower boss portion 156 of the central installation portion 154 is attached to the boss receiving portion 240a of the lower fixed piece 240 of the rear case 228. At the same time, the front end portion of the upper boss portion 158 (see FIG. 16) of the central installation portion 154 is fitted to the boss receiving portion 242a of the upper fixing piece 242 of the rear case 228. Then, a screw is screwed into the lower boss portion 156 and the upper boss portion 158 through the through holes of the boss receiving portions 240a and 242a of the lower fixed piece 240 and the upper fixed piece 242, and the light emitting effect device 142 is centrally installed. Screw on part 154. At this time, the amount of forward protrusion of the lower boss portion 156 of the central installation portion 154 is larger than the upper boss portion 158, so that the light-emitting effect device 142 is inclined backward with the lower side positioned forward. (See FIG. 15).

発光演出装置142が中央設置部154に取付けられると、前記演出部用モータ224の後端部が前記中配線通孔160に臨む(図14参照)。そして、演出部用モータ224から導出する配線224cは、中配線通孔160を介して裏ユニット36の裏側へ引き出され、前記裏中継基板164に接続される。また、前記後側ケース228のコネクタ用開口部250から導出する演出部用発光装置214の配線232eおよび前記配線用切欠部244から導出する演出部用原位置スイッチ252の配線252gについても、中配線通孔160を介して裏ユニット36の裏側へ引き出された後、前記裏中継基板164に接続される。   When the light emitting effect device 142 is attached to the central installation part 154, the rear end part of the effect part motor 224 faces the middle wiring through hole 160 (see FIG. 14). Then, the wiring 224 c led out from the effect section motor 224 is drawn out to the back side of the back unit 36 through the middle wiring through hole 160 and connected to the back relay board 164. Further, the wiring 232e of the light emitting device 214 for the effect part derived from the connector opening 250 of the rear case 228 and the wiring 252g of the original position switch 252 for the effect part derived from the wiring notch 244 are also used as the middle wiring. After being pulled out to the back side of the back unit 36 through the through hole 160, it is connected to the back relay substrate 164.

〔左部演出装置の組付けについて〕
可動演出体258を組付ける場合には、先ず始めに、前記保持部332のベース体334を本体部308のリンク機構収容部312に取付ける。すなわち、前記第1板状部338のボス受け部338bを前記長尺可動部304(本体部308)の短尺ボス部308aの後端部に嵌合させると共に、前記第2板状部340の円弧状支持部340aの嵌合孔340bに長尺可動部304の長尺ボス部308bを嵌入する。次いで、前記ベース体334の第2支持体344に前記回転シャフト328の第1ギヤ330側を臨ませた後、該回転シャフト328のピニオン部326側を第1支持体342に臨ませる。このとき、前記ピニオン部326の筒状連結部326aおよび第1ギヤ330の筒状連結部330aの離間距離L6(図34参照)は、両支持体342,344の対向する突起部342a,342a,344a,344aの外側面間の離間距離L5(図35(a)参照)と略同一に設定されているので、ピニオン部326および第1ギヤ330の間に両支持体342,344が挾まれた状態で回転シャフト328がセットされる。
[Assembly of the left direction production device]
When assembling the movable effect body 258, first, the base body 334 of the holding portion 332 is attached to the link mechanism housing portion 312 of the main body portion 308. That is, the boss receiving portion 338b of the first plate-like portion 338 is fitted to the rear end portion of the short boss portion 308a of the long movable portion 304 (main body portion 308), and the circle of the second plate-like portion 340 is set. The long boss portion 308b of the long movable portion 304 is fitted into the fitting hole 340b of the arc-shaped support portion 340a. Next, after the first gear 330 side of the rotating shaft 328 faces the second support body 344 of the base body 334, the pinion part 326 side of the rotating shaft 328 faces the first support body 342. At this time, the separation distance L 6 (see FIG. 34) between the cylindrical connecting portion 326a of the pinion portion 326 and the cylindrical connecting portion 330a of the first gear 330 is the protruding portions 342a and 342a facing each other of the supports 342 and 344. , 344a, 344a is set to be substantially the same as the separation distance L 5 (see FIG. 35 (a)) between the outer surfaces of the two pinions 326 and the first gear 330. The rotating shaft 328 is set in the folded state.

しかも、前記第2支持体344の規制片344b,344bの外縁部と、第1支持体342の突起部342a,342aの外側面との離間距離L7(図35(b)参照)は、前記ピニオン部326の筒状連結部326aおよび第1ギヤ330の筒状連結部330aの離間距離L6より大きく設定されている。従って、回転シャフト328の第1ギヤ330側が第2支持体344から脱落しようとしたときに該第1ギヤ330が前記規制片344b,344bに接触して、回転シャフト328の脱落を規制する。すなわち、回転シャフト328を両支持体342,344間に一旦セットした後に、該回転シャフト328が第2支持体344から脱落し難くすることで、押えカバー336をベース体334に組付ける作業を効率的に行なうことが可能となる。また、図35(a)に示すように、各規制片344bの第2板状部340を指向する側に傾斜面344cを形成したので、回転シャフト328を第2支持体344に着脱する際に、第1ギヤ330が規制片344b,344bに引っ掛かり難くして、作業性を向上し得る。 In addition, the distance L 7 (see FIG. 35B) between the outer edge portions of the restriction pieces 344b and 344b of the second support 344 and the outer surfaces of the protrusions 342a and 342a of the first support 342 is The distance L 6 is set to be greater than the distance L 6 between the cylindrical connecting portion 326 a of the pinion portion 326 and the cylindrical connecting portion 330 a of the first gear 330. Accordingly, when the first gear 330 side of the rotating shaft 328 is about to be detached from the second support 344, the first gear 330 comes into contact with the restricting pieces 344b and 344b and restricts the dropping of the rotating shaft 328. That is, after the rotary shaft 328 is temporarily set between the two supports 342 and 344, the rotary shaft 328 is not easily detached from the second support 344, so that the work for assembling the presser cover 336 to the base body 334 is efficient. Can be performed automatically. In addition, as shown in FIG. 35 (a), since the inclined surface 344c is formed on the side of each regulating piece 344b that faces the second plate-like portion 340, when the rotary shaft 328 is attached to or detached from the second support 344, the inclined surface 344c is formed. The first gear 330 is less likely to be caught by the restricting pieces 344b and 344b, and workability can be improved.

前記回転シャフト328を両支持体342,344にセットした状態で、前記押えカバー336をベース体334に取付ける。すなわち、図35(a),(b)に示すように、押えカバー336の係止片336e,336eを前記第2支持体344の規制片344b,344bの前側に係合させると共に、両係止片336e,336eの間の位置決め突片336dを第2支持体344の突起部344a,344aの間に臨ませる。次いで、前記押えカバー336の反対側の位置決め突片336dを第1支持体342の突起部342a,342aの間に臨ませる。すると、前記押えカバー336の幅広部336bが前記円弧状支持部340aの後端部および前記長尺可動部304の長尺ボス部308bの後端部に当接し、該幅広部336bの通孔336cが長尺ボス部308bに整合する。また、押えカバー336のボス受け部336aが前記第2板状部340のボス部340cの後端部に嵌合する。そして、押えカバー336の通孔336cを介して前記長尺可動部304の長尺ボス部308bにネジを螺挿すると共に、押えカバー336のボス受け部336aの通孔336cを介して第2板状部340のボス部340cにネジを螺挿して、押えカバー336をベース体334にネジ止めする。   The presser cover 336 is attached to the base body 334 with the rotating shaft 328 set on both supports 342 and 344. That is, as shown in FIGS. 35A and 35B, the engaging pieces 336e and 336e of the presser cover 336 are engaged with the front sides of the restricting pieces 344b and 344b of the second support 344, and both engaging portions are engaged. The positioning protrusion 336d between the pieces 336e and 336e is caused to face between the protrusions 344a and 344a of the second support 344. Next, the positioning protrusion 336d on the opposite side of the presser cover 336 is caused to face between the protrusions 342a and 342a of the first support 342. Then, the wide portion 336b of the presser cover 336 comes into contact with the rear end portion of the arcuate support portion 340a and the rear end portion of the long boss portion 308b of the long movable portion 304, and the through hole 336c of the wide portion 336b. Is aligned with the long boss portion 308b. Further, the boss receiving portion 336 a of the presser cover 336 is fitted to the rear end portion of the boss portion 340 c of the second plate-like portion 340. Then, a screw is screwed into the long boss portion 308b of the long movable portion 304 through the through hole 336c of the presser cover 336, and the second plate is inserted through the through hole 336c of the boss receiving portion 336a of the presser cover 336. A screw is screwed into the boss portion 340 c of the shape portion 340, and the presser cover 336 is screwed to the base body 334.

すると、図36(a),(b)に示すように、押えカバー336は、第1支持体342および第2支持体344間に整合した状態でベース体334に取付けられて、回転シャフト328が両支持体342,344間に回転自在に支持される。また、押えカバー336が回転シャフト328を後側から閉塞するので、該回転シャフト328に塵埃や異物が接触するのを抑制して、回転シャフト328の回転に不具合が発生するのを防止している。更に、第2支持体344の円弧状支持部344aの後端部が押えカバー336に押さえつけられることで、第2板状部340が長尺可動部304に確実に固定される。なお、第1板状部338側は、該第1板状部338の取着部338aに設けたボス受け部338bの通孔を介して長尺可動部304の短尺ボス部308aにネジを螺挿することでネジ止めされる。前記回転シャフト328がリンク機構収容部312に配設されると、図34に示すように、前記ピニオン部326が長尺可動部304の後端部から僅かに突出すると共に、前記第1ギヤ330が基板設置部316に臨んだ状態となる。また、図28に示すように、前記第1板状部338の前面および第2板状部340の前面が長尺可動部304の本体部308の裏面から離間して、ベース体334の前面と本体部308の裏面との間に配線スペース346が画成される。   Then, as shown in FIGS. 36A and 36B, the presser cover 336 is attached to the base body 334 in alignment with the first support 342 and the second support 344, and the rotary shaft 328 is moved. The two supports 342 and 344 are rotatably supported. In addition, since the presser cover 336 closes the rotating shaft 328 from the rear side, it is possible to prevent dust and foreign matter from coming into contact with the rotating shaft 328, thereby preventing a problem in rotation of the rotating shaft 328. . Further, the rear end portion of the arc-shaped support portion 344 a of the second support body 344 is pressed against the presser cover 336, so that the second plate-shaped portion 340 is securely fixed to the long movable portion 304. The first plate-like portion 338 side is screwed into the short boss portion 308a of the long movable portion 304 through the through hole of the boss receiving portion 338b provided in the attachment portion 338a of the first plate-like portion 338. Screwed by inserting. When the rotary shaft 328 is disposed in the link mechanism housing portion 312, the pinion portion 326 slightly protrudes from the rear end portion of the long movable portion 304 and the first gear 330, as shown in FIG. Is in a state of facing the substrate installation portion 316. As shown in FIG. 28, the front surface of the first plate portion 338 and the front surface of the second plate portion 340 are separated from the back surface of the main body portion 308 of the long movable portion 304, and the front surface of the base body 334 is separated. A wiring space 346 is defined between the back surface of the main body 308.

可動演出体258の基板設置部316に可動体用発光装置318を取付ける際には、図32,図33に示すように、前記可動体用発光基板320の通孔320cを基板設置部316のネジ孔316aに整合させ、該通孔320cを介してネジをネジ孔316aに螺挿することで、可動体用発光基板320が基板設置部316にネジ止めされる。このとき、前記基板設置部316のボス受け部316bおよび通孔が、可動体用発光基板320の周縁部に設けた円弧状凹部320dを介して前方に臨んだ状態となる。また、筒状カバー部306の軸挿通孔306fに前記回転演出体260に接続した第2支軸322を前側から挿通させ、該第2支軸322の後端部に第2ギヤ324を連結させることで、回転演出体260が筒状カバー部306の前面に回転自在に取付けられる。   When the movable body light emitting device 318 is attached to the substrate setting portion 316 of the movable effect body 258, as shown in FIGS. 32 and 33, the through hole 320c of the movable body light emitting substrate 320 is screwed into the substrate installation portion 316. The movable body light emitting substrate 320 is screwed to the substrate mounting portion 316 by aligning with the hole 316a and screwing the screw into the screw hole 316a through the through hole 320c. At this time, the boss receiving portion 316b and the through hole of the substrate installation portion 316 face forward via an arcuate recess 320d provided in the peripheral portion of the light emitting substrate 320 for movable body. Further, the second support shaft 322 connected to the rotation effect body 260 is inserted into the shaft insertion hole 306f of the cylindrical cover portion 306 from the front side, and the second gear 324 is connected to the rear end portion of the second support shaft 322. Thus, the rotation effect body 260 is rotatably attached to the front surface of the cylindrical cover portion 306.

そして、前記基板設置部316の前側から筒状カバー部306を被せるようにセットし、前記可動体用発光基板320の円弧状凹部320dを介して前方に臨む基板設置部316のボス受け部316bに筒状カバー部306のカバー長尺ボス部306cの後端部を嵌合させる。また、前記可動体用発光基板320の円弧状凹部320dを介して前方に臨む基板設置部316の通孔に筒状カバー部306のカバー短尺ボス部306dの後端部を整合させる。そして、基板設置部316のボス受け部316bを介してカバー長尺ボス部306cにネジを螺挿すると共に、基板設置部316の通孔を介してカバー短尺ボス部306dにネジを螺挿して、筒状カバー部306が前記基板設置部316にネジ止めされる。   Then, it is set so as to cover the cylindrical cover portion 306 from the front side of the substrate setting portion 316, and the boss receiving portion 316b of the substrate setting portion 316 facing forward through the arc-shaped recess 320d of the light emitting substrate 320 for movable body. The rear end portion of the cover long boss portion 306c of the cylindrical cover portion 306 is fitted. Further, the rear end portion of the short cover boss portion 306d of the cylindrical cover portion 306 is aligned with the through hole of the substrate setting portion 316 facing forward through the arc-shaped recess portion 320d of the movable body light emitting substrate 320. Then, a screw is screwed into the cover long boss portion 306c via the boss receiving portion 316b of the substrate setting portion 316, and a screw is screwed into the cover short boss portion 306d via the through hole of the substrate setting portion 316, A cylindrical cover portion 306 is screwed to the substrate installation portion 316.

前記筒状カバー部306が基板設置部316に取付けられると、前記第2支軸322および第2ギヤ324が前記可動体用発光基板320の円形貫通孔320aを介して基板設置部316に臨み、該第2ギヤ324が前記第1ギヤ330に前側から噛合する(図34参照)。また、前記可動体用発光基板320に設けられたコネクタ受部320eは、長尺可動部304の窓部318に臨んだ状態となる。そして、図28に示すように、可動体用発光基板320のコネクタ受部320eに接続された配線320fを前記窓部318を介して前記配線スペース346へ引き出し、該配線スペース346を通って長尺可動部304の支軸側へ案内する。すなわち、実施例では、可動体用発光装置318から導出する配線320fを、保持部332における回転シャフト328を支持する面とは反対側の面に沿って長尺可動部304の支軸側へ案内するようにしたので、配線320fが回転シャフト328から分離されて該回転シャフト328に接触するのを防止し得る。また、回転シャフト328を保持する保持部332を配線320fの案内部材として兼用したので、部品点数が増加するのを回避して製造コストを低廉にし得る。   When the cylindrical cover portion 306 is attached to the substrate setting portion 316, the second support shaft 322 and the second gear 324 face the substrate setting portion 316 via the circular through hole 320a of the movable body light emitting substrate 320, The second gear 324 meshes with the first gear 330 from the front side (see FIG. 34). The connector receiving portion 320e provided on the movable body light emitting substrate 320 faces the window portion 318 of the long movable portion 304. Then, as shown in FIG. 28, the wiring 320 f connected to the connector receiving portion 320 e of the light emitting substrate 320 for movable body is drawn out to the wiring space 346 through the window portion 318, and is elongated through the wiring space 346. Guide to the support shaft side of the movable portion 304. That is, in the embodiment, the wiring 320f led out from the movable body light emitting device 318 is guided to the support shaft side of the long movable portion 304 along the surface opposite to the surface of the holding portion 332 that supports the rotating shaft 328. Thus, the wiring 320f can be prevented from being separated from the rotating shaft 328 and coming into contact with the rotating shaft 328. In addition, since the holding portion 332 that holds the rotating shaft 328 is also used as a guide member for the wiring 320f, an increase in the number of parts can be avoided and the manufacturing cost can be reduced.

次に、図24に示すように、前記後ケース体266の後軸受け部282に第1支軸284を軸支持体286を介して連結する。そして、第1支軸284に対し前記扇状従動ギヤ294の軸挿通孔296aを挿通させ、該扇状従動ギヤ294の規制突起300を前記ラック部292の円弧状溝290に臨ませた状態で、該扇状従動ギヤ294を第1支軸284に回動自在に軸支させる。また、後ケース体266の軸挿通孔276bに可動体用モータ262の駆動軸262aを後方から挿通させ、後ケース体266の後面に可動体用モータ262をネジ止めする。そして、後ケース体266の軸挿通孔276bから前方へ突出する可動体用モータ262の駆動軸262aに駆動ギヤ288を接続させる。すると、図30に示すように、前記扇状従動ギヤ294の歯部と前記駆動ギヤ288の歯部とが噛合する。また、前記扇状従動ギヤ294の規制突起300の後端部に摺動体302を嵌挿させ、該摺動体302を円弧状溝290に臨ませた状態で規制突起300にネジを螺挿し、該規制突起300の円弧状溝290への抜け止めがなされる。   Next, as shown in FIG. 24, the first support shaft 284 is connected to the rear bearing portion 282 of the rear case body 266 via the shaft support 286. Then, the shaft insertion hole 296a of the fan-shaped driven gear 294 is inserted into the first support shaft 284, and the regulation protrusion 300 of the fan-shaped driven gear 294 is faced to the arc-shaped groove 290 of the rack portion 292. The fan-shaped driven gear 294 is pivotally supported on the first support shaft 284. Further, the drive shaft 262a of the movable body motor 262 is inserted from the rear into the shaft insertion hole 276b of the rear case body 266, and the movable body motor 262 is screwed to the rear surface of the rear case body 266. Then, the drive gear 288 is connected to the drive shaft 262a of the movable body motor 262 projecting forward from the shaft insertion hole 276b of the rear case body 266. Then, as shown in FIG. 30, the tooth portion of the fan-shaped driven gear 294 meshes with the tooth portion of the drive gear 288. Further, the sliding body 302 is fitted into the rear end portion of the restriction protrusion 300 of the fan-shaped driven gear 294, and a screw is screwed into the restriction protrusion 300 in a state where the sliding body 302 faces the arcuate groove 290. The protrusion 300 is prevented from coming off from the arc-shaped groove 290.

次に、前記可動演出体258の円形軸支部314に設けた軸挿通孔314bに前記第1支軸284を挿通し、可動演出体258を第1支軸284に回動自在に軸支させる。すると、図34に示すように、前記長尺可動部304のリンク機構収容部312から僅かに後方に突出したピニオン部326の歯部が、前記後ケース体266に設けたラック部292の歯部に前側から噛合する。また、前記円形軸支部314の配線通過部314eから引き出された可動体用発光装置318の配線320fを、前記後ケース体266の後配線用開口部289を介して該後ケース体266の後側に引き出す。そして、後ケース体266の後側に引き出された配線320fは、該後ケース体266に設けた複数の配線フック266aを介して下方へ案内される(図27参照)。   Next, the first support shaft 284 is inserted into a shaft insertion hole 314b provided in the circular shaft support portion 314 of the movable effect body 258, and the movable effect body 258 is rotatably supported on the first support shaft 284. Then, as shown in FIG. 34, the tooth portion of the pinion portion 326 slightly protruding backward from the link mechanism housing portion 312 of the long movable portion 304 is the tooth portion of the rack portion 292 provided on the rear case body 266. From the front side. Further, the wiring 320f of the light emitting device for movable body 318 drawn out from the wiring passage portion 314e of the circular shaft support portion 314 is connected to the rear side of the rear case body 266 through the rear wiring opening 289 of the rear case body 266. Pull out. The wiring 320f drawn to the rear side of the rear case body 266 is guided downward through a plurality of wiring hooks 266a provided on the rear case body 266 (see FIG. 27).

前記可動体用原位置スイッチ272を前ケース体264のスイッチ取付部274に設置するには、該スイッチ取付部274の位置決めリブ274cに前側の検知部272cを臨ませると共に、可動体用原位置スイッチ272の固定部272aの位置決め孔272eにスイッチ取付部274の位置決め突起274bを挿入させる。そして、可動体用原位置スイッチ272の固定部272aに設けた通孔272dを介してスイッチ取付部274のボス部274aにネジを螺挿することで、可動体用原位置スイッチ272がスイッチ取付部274に設置される。可動体用原位置スイッチ272がスイッチ取付部274に設置されると、可動体用原位置スイッチ272の両検知部272c,272cの間の空間が前記扇状従動ギヤ294の検知片298aの移動軌跡に臨んだ状態となる。また、可動体用原位置スイッチ272のコネクタ受部272fに接続された配線272gは、前記前ケース体264の前配線用開口部277を介して該前ケース体264の前側に引き出され、該前ケース体264に設けた配線フック268bを介して下方へ案内される(図26参照)。   In order to install the movable body original position switch 272 in the switch mounting portion 274 of the front case body 264, the front detection portion 272c faces the positioning rib 274c of the switch mounting portion 274, and the movable body original position switch The positioning protrusion 274b of the switch mounting portion 274 is inserted into the positioning hole 272e of the fixing portion 272a of the 272. Then, by screwing a screw into the boss portion 274a of the switch mounting portion 274 through the through hole 272d provided in the fixing portion 272a of the movable body home position switch 272, the movable body home position switch 272 is switched to the switch mounting portion. 274. When the movable body original position switch 272 is installed in the switch mounting portion 274, the space between the two detection portions 272c, 272c of the movable body original position switch 272 is the movement locus of the detection piece 298a of the fan-shaped driven gear 294. It will be in the state where it came. Further, the wiring 272g connected to the connector receiving portion 272f of the movable body in-situ switch 272 is drawn out to the front side of the front case body 264 through the front wiring opening 277 of the front case body 264. It is guided downward through a wiring hook 268b provided on the case body 264 (see FIG. 26).

次に、前ケース体264の前軸受け部270に、軸支持体286を介して前記第1支軸284の前端部を挿入させる。また、前ケース体264の複数のボス部268aの後端部を前記後ケース体266の対応する軸受け部276aに嵌合させ、該軸受け部276aの通孔を介してボス部268aにネジを螺挿して、前ケース体264および後ケース体266をネジ止めする。このとき、図28に示すように、前ケース体264および後ケース体266の右側に可動体用開口部280が画成されて、可動演出体258の回動動作が許容される。左部演出装置136(取付けケース256)を裏ユニット36の装置設置部148に取付ける際には、前記上対向面部128aおよび左対向面部128cに設けたボス部148aの後端部を取付けケース256(後ケース体266)の固定片278のボス受け部278aに嵌合させ、ボス受け部278aの通孔を介してボス部148aにネジを螺挿する。これにより、取付けケース256が装置設置部148にネジ止めされて、左部演出体が裏ユニット36に組付けられる。すなわち、図12に示すように、可動演出体258は、裏ユニット36における開口部132の左上隅部の近傍で軸支される。なお、取付けケース256が装置設置部148に取付けられると、図14に示すように、前記可動体用モータ262の後部が、前記裏ユニット36のモータ用円形孔部150を介して該裏ユニット36の裏側に臨む。   Next, the front end portion of the first support shaft 284 is inserted into the front bearing portion 270 of the front case body 264 via the shaft support 286. Further, the rear end portions of the plurality of boss portions 268a of the front case body 264 are fitted into the corresponding bearing portions 276a of the rear case body 266, and screws are screwed into the boss portions 268a through the through holes of the bearing portion 276a. Then, the front case body 264 and the rear case body 266 are screwed. At this time, as shown in FIG. 28, a movable body opening 280 is defined on the right side of the front case body 264 and the rear case body 266, and the rotational operation of the movable effect body 258 is allowed. When the left effect device 136 (attachment case 256) is attached to the device installation portion 148 of the back unit 36, the rear ends of the boss portions 148a provided on the upper facing surface portion 128a and the left facing surface portion 128c are attached to the attachment case 256 ( The rear case body 266) is fitted into the boss receiving portion 278a of the fixed piece 278, and a screw is screwed into the boss portion 148a through the through hole of the boss receiving portion 278a. As a result, the mounting case 256 is screwed to the device installation portion 148, and the left effect body is assembled to the back unit 36. That is, as shown in FIG. 12, the movable effector 258 is pivotally supported in the vicinity of the upper left corner of the opening 132 in the back unit 36. When the attachment case 256 is attached to the apparatus installation portion 148, as shown in FIG. 14, the rear portion of the movable body motor 262 passes through the motor circular hole 150 of the back unit 36, and the back unit 36 Facing the back of the.

前記後ケース体266の配線フック266aを介して下方へ案内された可動体用発光装置318の配線320fは、図12に示すように、左画壁部130cに設けた配線フック130eを介して下方へ案内されて、前記表中継基板152に接続される。また、前ケース体264の配線フック268bを介して下方へ案内された可動体用原位置スイッチ272の配線272gは、同じく前記左画壁部130cの配線フック130eを介して下方へ案内されて、前記表中継基板152に接続される。そして、表中継基板152から導出する配線152bは、図14に示すように、前記左配線通孔162を介して裏ユニット36の裏側へ引き出され、前記裏中継基板164に接続される。また、裏ユニット36の後面には、前記支持部131および固定基部134を介して図柄表示装置34が取付けられ、該図柄表示装置34の表示部64が裏ユニット36の開口部132に臨む。   As shown in FIG. 12, the wiring 320f of the movable body light emitting device 318 guided downward via the wiring hook 266a of the rear case body 266 is downward via the wiring hook 130e provided on the left picture wall portion 130c. To be connected to the front relay board 152. Further, the wiring 272g of the movable body original position switch 272 guided downward via the wiring hook 268b of the front case body 264 is also guided downward via the wiring hook 130e of the left image wall portion 130c, Connected to the front relay board 152. Then, as shown in FIG. 14, the wiring 152 b led out from the front relay board 152 is drawn out to the back side of the back unit 36 through the left wiring through hole 162 and connected to the back relay board 164. Further, a symbol display device 34 is attached to the rear surface of the back unit 36 via the support portion 131 and the fixed base portion 134, and the display portion 64 of the symbol display device 34 faces the opening 132 of the back unit 36.

〔裏ユニットの組付けについて〕
前記裏ユニット36を遊技盤18に取付ける場合には、裏ユニット36の箱状本体118および下部構造体124に設けた各設置固定部126の前面を遊技盤18の裏面に当接させた状態で、ネジを介して遊技盤18に裏ユニット36が固定される。すると、前記裏ユニット36の箱状本体118によって前記枠状装飾部材68の図柄表示用開口部66が後側から覆われると共に、該図柄表示用開口部66に前記開口部132を介して図柄表示装置34の表示部64が臨む。また、裏ユニット36を遊技盤18に取付けると、該裏ユニット36に設けた前記装飾カバー144の凹状部144bと遊技盤18の裏面との間に収容部146が画成されて、該収容部146に前記可動演出体258が収容される(図1参照)。
[Assembly of back unit]
When the back unit 36 is attached to the game board 18, the front surface of each installation fixing portion 126 provided on the box-shaped main body 118 and the lower structure 124 of the back unit 36 is in contact with the back surface of the game board 18. The back unit 36 is fixed to the game board 18 via screws. Then, the symbol display opening 66 of the frame-shaped decorative member 68 is covered from the rear side by the box-shaped main body 118 of the back unit 36, and the symbol display is displayed on the symbol display opening 66 through the opening 132. The display unit 64 of the device 34 appears. Further, when the back unit 36 is attached to the game board 18, a storage part 146 is defined between the concave part 144 b of the decorative cover 144 provided on the back unit 36 and the back surface of the game board 18. The movable effect body 258 is accommodated in 146 (see FIG. 1).

前記裏ユニット36を遊技盤18に取付けると、前記カバー部材180の前面から突出して前記設置固定部126の前面より前方に位置する入賞口用発光装置116(ケース体208)が、前記第3の貫通口82の内部に臨んで、前記入賞口用飾り部材86の光透過部材108に対向する。また、図19に示すように、前記通過口192,192および通過部194の連通突部196,196,196が、前記第3の貫通口82の後方開口端に位置する排出樋110,112,114の後端部110a,112a,114aに当接する。すなわち、各通過口192,192に設けた連通突部196,196が第2排出樋112および第3排出樋114の後端部112a,114aに当接し、第2の一般入賞口84および第3の一般入賞口84が、通過口192,192を介して第2通路174および第3通路176に夫々連通する。   When the back unit 36 is attached to the game board 18, the prize opening light emitting device 116 (the case body 208) that protrudes from the front surface of the cover member 180 and is located in front of the front surface of the installation fixing portion 126 has the third unit. Facing the inside of the through hole 82, it faces the light transmitting member 108 of the prize opening decoration member 86. Further, as shown in FIG. 19, the discharge ports 110, 192, and the communication protrusions 196, 196, 196 of the passage portion 194 are disposed at the rear opening end of the third through-hole 82. 114 abuts against the rear end portions 110a, 112a, 114a. That is, the communication protrusions 196, 196 provided at the respective passage openings 192, 192 are in contact with the rear end portions 112a, 114a of the second discharge rod 112 and the third discharge rod 114, and the second general prize winning port 84 and the third Are connected to the second passage 174 and the third passage 176 through the passage openings 192 and 192, respectively.

また、通過部194に設けた連通突部196は、前記第1排出樋110の後端部110aにおける下部および左側部に当接する。第1排出樋110の後端部110aにおける右側部には、前記裏ユニット36に設けたセンサ収容ケース170の左前カバー170aの左側部が当接する。すなわち、通過部194の連通突部196および左前カバー170aが第1排出樋110の後端部110aに当接することで、第1の一般入賞口84が第1通路172に連通する。このように、実施例では、カバー部材180の通過口192,192および通過部194の周縁に連通突部196,196,196を形成したので、裏ユニット36を遊技盤18に配設した際に通過口192,192および通過部194が各排出樋110,112,114の後端部110a,112a,114aに確実に連通することが可能となる。従って、通過口192,192および通過部194と排出樋110,112,114の後端部110a,112a,114aとの間に隙間が発生し難く、遊技球が通過口192,192や通過部194を通過する際に、球詰まりが発生するのを抑制し得る。   Further, the communication protrusion 196 provided in the passage portion 194 contacts the lower and left side portions of the rear end portion 110a of the first discharge rod 110. The left side portion of the left front cover 170a of the sensor housing case 170 provided in the back unit 36 contacts the right side portion of the rear end portion 110a of the first discharge rod 110. That is, the first general winning port 84 communicates with the first passage 172 by the communication protrusion 196 of the passage portion 194 and the left front cover 170a contacting the rear end portion 110a of the first discharge rod 110. As described above, in the embodiment, since the communication protrusions 196, 196, 196 are formed on the periphery of the passage openings 192, 192 and the passage portion 194 of the cover member 180, when the back unit 36 is disposed on the game board 18. The passage openings 192 and 192 and the passage portion 194 can reliably communicate with the rear end portions 110a, 112a, and 114a of the discharge rods 110, 112, and 114, respectively. Accordingly, it is difficult for gaps to occur between the passage openings 192 and 192 and the passage portion 194 and the rear end portions 110a, 112a, and 114a of the discharge rods 110, 112, and 114, so that the game ball can pass through the passage openings 192 and 192 and the passage portion 194. It is possible to suppress the occurrence of clogging of the balls when passing through.

また、裏ユニット36を遊技盤18に取付けると、前記カバー部材180の当接突部198が前記遊技盤18の裏面に当接する。これにより、カバー部材180が後方へ押圧されて、カバー部材180の後面が通路用壁部178に密着して、カバー部材180と第1〜第3通路172,174,176との間に隙間が生じ難くなる。これにより、パチンコ球が第1〜第3通路172,174,176を円滑に流下することができ、排出用球通路120で球詰まりが生じるのを抑制し得る。ここで、実施例では、線状の当接突部198がカバー部材180に設けられており、カバー部材180の全面が遊技盤18の裏面に当接する訳ではない。仮に、カバー部材180が遊技盤18に面接触する構成とした場合には、遊技盤18の裏面の僅かな歪みによりカバー部材180の一部が遊技盤18の裏面から浮いてしまい、カバー部材180と第1〜第3通路172,174,176との密着性が低下する虞がある。また、カバー部材180の一部が遊技盤18の裏面から浮いてしまうと、通過口192,192や通過部194と排出樋110,112,114との連通に支障を来す虞がある。   When the back unit 36 is attached to the game board 18, the contact protrusion 198 of the cover member 180 comes into contact with the back surface of the game board 18. As a result, the cover member 180 is pressed rearward, the rear surface of the cover member 180 comes into close contact with the passage wall 178, and a gap is formed between the cover member 180 and the first to third passages 172, 174, 176. It becomes difficult to occur. As a result, the pachinko balls can flow down smoothly through the first to third passages 172, 174, 176, and clogging of the discharge ball passage 120 can be suppressed. Here, in the embodiment, the linear contact protrusion 198 is provided on the cover member 180, and the entire surface of the cover member 180 does not contact the back surface of the game board 18. If the cover member 180 is configured to come into surface contact with the game board 18, a part of the cover member 180 floats from the back surface of the game board 18 due to slight distortion of the back surface of the game board 18, and the cover member 180. And the first to third passages 172, 174, 176 may be deteriorated. Further, if a part of the cover member 180 is lifted from the back surface of the game board 18, there is a possibility that the communication between the passage openings 192 and 192 and the passage portion 194 and the discharge rods 110, 112 and 114 may be hindered.

そこで、実施例では、遊技盤18の裏面に不可避的に生ずる僅かな歪みの影響を軽減するべく、カバー部材180の線状の当接突部198が遊技盤18の裏面に線接触する構成が採用されている。これにより、カバー部材180が遊技盤18の裏面から浮き難くなって、第1〜第3通路172,174,176との密着性が低下するのを抑制すると共に、通過口192,192および通過部194と排出樋110,112,114とを確実に連通させることが可能となる。しかも、実施例では、線状の当接突部198を設けることで、カバー部材180の剛性が高められている。従って、実施例の如く、前記カバー部材180に取付けられた入賞口用発光装置116から生ずる熱によってカバー部材180が加熱されたとしても、カバー部材180が変形したり歪んだりするのを抑制し得る。更に、当接突部198は、カバー部材180の周縁部に形成されているので、カバー部材180の剛性をより高めることが可能となる。   Therefore, in the embodiment, the configuration is such that the linear contact protrusion 198 of the cover member 180 is in line contact with the back surface of the game board 18 in order to reduce the influence of slight distortion inevitably occurring on the back surface of the game board 18. It has been adopted. As a result, the cover member 180 is less likely to float from the back surface of the game board 18, and the adhesiveness with the first to third passages 172, 174, 176 is prevented from decreasing, and the passage openings 192, 192 and the passage portion are prevented. 194 and the discharge rods 110, 112, 114 can be surely communicated with each other. Moreover, in the embodiment, the rigidity of the cover member 180 is enhanced by providing the linear contact protrusion 198. Therefore, as in the embodiment, even when the cover member 180 is heated by the heat generated from the light emitting device 116 for a prize opening attached to the cover member 180, the cover member 180 can be prevented from being deformed or distorted. . Furthermore, since the contact protrusion 198 is formed at the peripheral edge of the cover member 180, the rigidity of the cover member 180 can be further increased.

ここで、図1に示すように、前記裏ユニット36を遊技盤18に取付けた状態では、前記中央設置部154に設けた発光演出装置142が前記遊技盤18のステージ部90における案内部96の真後ろに位置する。また、図15に示すように、遊技盤18の第2の貫通口80を介して後方に突出する始動入賞装置72の本体部72aが裏ユニット36の中収容部166に臨むと共に、同じく第2の貫通口80を介して後方に突出する特別入賞装置76の本体部76aが裏ユニット36の収容凹部168に臨んで、両本体部72a,76aが発光演出装置142の下方に位置する。更に、発光演出装置142の上方には、前記裏ユニット36の開口部132の下縁部が位置している。すなわち、発光演出装置142が設置されるステージ部90の後方は、上下のスペースを確保するのが困難となっている。そこで、実施例の発光演出装置142では、図22に示すように、発光演出装置142の発光素子232aを発光領域210より狭い範囲に設置することで、装置本体216が嵩張らないように構成されている。   Here, as shown in FIG. 1, in a state where the back unit 36 is attached to the game board 18, the light emitting effect device 142 provided in the central installation part 154 is connected to the guide part 96 in the stage part 90 of the game board 18. Located directly behind. Further, as shown in FIG. 15, the main body 72 a of the start winning device 72 that protrudes rearward through the second through-hole 80 of the game board 18 faces the middle housing portion 166 of the back unit 36, and the second The main body portion 76 a of the special prize device 76 that protrudes rearward through the through-hole 80 faces the housing recess 168 of the back unit 36, and both the main body portions 72 a and 76 a are positioned below the light emitting effect device 142. Further, the lower edge of the opening 132 of the back unit 36 is positioned above the light emitting effect device 142. That is, it is difficult to secure a vertical space behind the stage unit 90 where the light emitting effect device 142 is installed. Therefore, the light emitting effect device 142 of the embodiment is configured so that the device main body 216 is not bulky by installing the light emitting element 232a of the light emitting effect device 142 in a range narrower than the light emitting region 210, as shown in FIG. Yes.

換言すれば、実施例の発光演出装置142では、演出部212を回転させると共に発光領域210および円形装飾板218の光散乱効果により、発光領域210より狭い範囲に設置された発光素子232aの光であっても、発光領域210全体が発光して、ステージ部90を十分に明輝させることが可能となっている。従って、装置本体216のサイズをコンパクトにすることができ、図柄表示装置34や始動入賞装置72等が近接して配置されるステージ部90後方の狭小なスペースであっても、発光演出装置142を設置することが可能となる。また、演出部用原位置スイッチ252は、装置本体216における下部スペース238を利用して設置されるので、該スイッチ252を設置するスペースを装置本体216に別途確保する必要がなく、装置本体216はコンパクトに維持される。しかも、前記下部スペース238は、前記ステージ部90の転動面94より下方に位置するので、下部スペース238に設けた演出部用原位置スイッチ252が前記装飾板98により前側から覆われて視認不能とされる。すなわち、遊技者側から演出部用原位置スイッチ252が視認され難くなって、遊技の興趣が損なわれるのを防止し得る。   In other words, in the light emitting effect device 142 of the embodiment, the light of the light emitting element 232a installed in a range narrower than the light emitting region 210 is produced by rotating the effect unit 212 and the light scattering effect of the light emitting region 210 and the circular decorative plate 218. Even in this case, the entire light emitting region 210 emits light, and the stage unit 90 can be sufficiently brightened. Therefore, the size of the apparatus main body 216 can be made compact, and the light emitting effect device 142 can be installed even in a narrow space behind the stage unit 90 where the symbol display device 34, the start winning device 72, etc. are arranged close to each other. It becomes possible to install. In addition, since the production position original position switch 252 is installed using the lower space 238 in the apparatus main body 216, it is not necessary to separately secure a space for installing the switch 252 in the apparatus main body 216. Maintained compact. In addition, since the lower space 238 is positioned below the rolling surface 94 of the stage portion 90, the effect portion original position switch 252 provided in the lower space 238 is covered with the decorative plate 98 from the front side and cannot be seen. It is said. That is, it can be prevented that the original position switch 252 for the production part is hardly visually recognized from the player side and the interest of the game is not impaired.

〔遊技演出について〕
次に、実施例に係るパチンコ機10の遊技態様について説明する。パチンコ機10では、操作ハンドル30の操作により打出し通路42を介して遊技領域16に打出されたパチンコ球は、遊技盤18に設けた遊技釘等に接触して流下方向を変化させながら流下する。通常の遊技状態では、図1に示すように、前記可動演出体258は、前記収容部146に収容された第1姿勢に維持されており、可動演出体258は、図柄表示用開口部66を介して前側から殆ど視認し得ないようになっている。遊技領域16を流下したパチンコ球が前記一般入賞口84にパチンコ球が入賞すると、該パチンコ球は、前記排出樋110,112,114を介して遊技盤18の後方へ送られる。そして、前記カバー部材180の通過口192,192または通過部194を介して、排出用球通路120(第1〜第3通路172,174,176)に通入する。このとき、通過口192.192(通過部194)に設けた連通突部196が排出樋110,112,114の後端部110a,112a,114aに当接して、通過口192,192(通過部194)および排出樋110,112,114が確実に連通しているので、通過口192,192(通過部194)を介してパチンコ球を円滑に排出用球通路120に通入させることができ、球詰まりを発生し難くし得る。
[About game production]
Next, a game mode of the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment will be described. In the pachinko machine 10, the pachinko ball hit into the game area 16 through the launch passage 42 by the operation of the operation handle 30 contacts the game nails provided on the game board 18 and flows down while changing the flow down direction. . In the normal gaming state, as shown in FIG. 1, the movable effector 258 is maintained in the first posture accommodated in the accommodating part 146, and the movable effector 258 has the symbol display opening 66. It can hardly be seen from the front side. When the pachinko ball that has flowed down the game area 16 wins the general winning opening 84, the pachinko ball is sent to the rear of the game board 18 through the discharge rods 110, 112, and 114. Then, it passes through the discharge port 192 (first to third passages 172, 174, 176) through the passage openings 192, 192 or the passage portion 194 of the cover member 180. At this time, the communication protrusion 196 provided at the passage port 192.192 (passage portion 194) comes into contact with the rear end portions 110a, 112a, 114a of the discharge rods 110, 112, 114, and the passage ports 192, 192 (passage portion). 194) and the discharge rods 110, 112, 114 are surely communicated with each other, so that the pachinko balls can be smoothly inserted into the discharge ball passage 120 via the passage openings 192, 192 (passage portions 194), Ball clogging can be made difficult to occur.

前記排出用球通路120に通入したパチンコ球は、第1〜第3通路172,174,176の何れかを流下して、球排出口182から機外へ排出される。このとき、前述したように、当接突部198が遊技盤18に当接することで、カバー部材180の後面が通路用壁部178に密着しているので、カバー部材180と通路用壁部178との間に隙間が生じ難く、排出用球通路120で球詰まりが生ずるのを抑制し得る。前記パチンコ球が球排出口182を通過する際に、前記球検知スイッチ186の検知部186bがパチンコ球を検知して、前記上球皿24に所定数の賞球が払出される。   Pachinko balls that have entered the discharge ball passage 120 flow down one of the first to third passages 172, 174, and 176 and are discharged from the ball discharge port 182 to the outside of the machine. At this time, as described above, since the rear surface of the cover member 180 is in close contact with the passage wall portion 178 by the contact protrusion 198 coming into contact with the game board 18, the cover member 180 and the passage wall portion 178 are arranged. It is difficult to form a gap between the two, and it is possible to suppress clogging of the ball in the discharge ball passage 120. When the pachinko ball passes through the ball outlet 182, the detection unit 186 b of the ball detection switch 186 detects the pachinko ball, and a predetermined number of prize balls are paid out to the upper ball tray 24.

遊技領域16を流下したパチンコ球が前記始動入賞装置72の始動口70に入賞すると、図柄表示装置34において所要の特別図柄変動ゲームが開始される。特別図柄変動ゲームにおいては、図柄表示装置34の表示部64にリーチ演出等の各種図柄演出が表示されると共に、前記裏ユニット36に設けられた各演出装置136,138,140,142が当該図柄演出に合わせて演出を行なう。そして、特別図柄変動ゲームの結果、図柄表示装置34に特定の図柄組合わせが表示されると大当りとなって、特別遊技が発生する。特別遊技が発生すると、特別入賞口74を所定時間(例えば、30秒)開放させる間に、所定数(例えば、10球)のパチンコ球を特別入賞口74に入賞させるラウンド遊技が開始され、多くの賞球が上球皿24に払出される。一方、前記一般入賞口84や始動口70、特別入賞口74に入賞しなかったパチンコ球は、遊技領域16の最下部で開口するアウト口58を介して遊技領域16から排出される。   When the pachinko ball flowing down the game area 16 wins the start opening 70 of the start winning device 72, a required special symbol changing game is started on the symbol display device 34. In the special symbol variation game, various symbol effects such as reach effects are displayed on the display unit 64 of the symbol display device 34, and the effect devices 136, 138, 140, 142 provided in the back unit 36 are associated with the symbols. Produce according to the production. As a result of the special symbol variation game, when a specific symbol combination is displayed on the symbol display device 34, a big win is generated and a special game is generated. When a special game occurs, a round game is started in which a predetermined number (for example, 10 balls) of pachinko balls are awarded to the special prize opening 74 while the special prize opening 74 is opened for a predetermined time (for example, 30 seconds). Are awarded to the upper ball tray 24. On the other hand, pachinko balls that have not won the general winning opening 84, the starting opening 70, and the special winning opening 74 are discharged from the gaming area 16 through the out opening 58 that opens at the bottom of the gaming area 16.

〔発光演出装置の発光演出について〕
次に、発光演出装置142の発光演出について、説明を行なう。前記演出部用モータ224が駆動すると、駆動軸224aに連結された連結部材220が回転して、前記演出部212が回転される。また、前記制御装置からの制御信号に基づいて、演出部用発光装置214が発光制御されて、前記発光素子232aが所要の発光パターンで発光される。例えば、全ての発光素子232aが一斉に点灯されたとすると、該発光素子232aの光は、前記散乱カバー230で散乱されつつ前記演出部212の発光領域210に照射される。
[About the lighting effect of the lighting effect device]
Next, the light emission effect of the light emission effect device 142 will be described. When the effect section motor 224 is driven, the connecting member 220 connected to the drive shaft 224a rotates and the effect section 212 is rotated. Further, based on the control signal from the control device, the light emitting device 214 for effect section is controlled to emit light, and the light emitting element 232a emits light in a required light emission pattern. For example, if all the light emitting elements 232a are turned on all at once, the light from the light emitting elements 232a is irradiated on the light emitting region 210 of the effect unit 212 while being scattered by the scattering cover 230.

このとき、発光素子232aは、図22に示すように、装置本体216の上部において発光領域210より狭い範囲に設けられているので、発光素子232aからの光は発光領域210の上部側に照射される。しかるに、実施例の発光領域210は、演出部用モータ224により所定の回転速度で回転すると共に、光散乱処理が施されているので、発光素子232aの光が発光領域210で多方向に散乱されるようになっている。しかも、発光領域210には、演出部212の回転方向に交差する方向の装飾が施されて高い光散乱効果を有する円形装飾板218が設けられているので、当該円形装飾板218によって光をより効果的に散乱させるようになっている。従って、発光領域210よりも狭い範囲に設けた発光素子232aの光であっても、発光領域210全体が発光して、ステージ部90に対し十分な照明効果を発揮することができる。しかも、発光領域210全体が明輝した演出部212が回転することで、発光演出装置142自体が高い演出効果を発揮し、遊技の興趣を高めることが可能となる。また、実施例では、ステージ部90の案内部96の後方に発光演出装置142を設けたので、遊技者が最も注目するステージ部90の案内部96を発光演出することができ、遊技の興趣は更に高められる。   At this time, as shown in FIG. 22, the light emitting element 232 a is provided in a range narrower than the light emitting region 210 in the upper part of the apparatus main body 216, so that light from the light emitting element 232 a is irradiated on the upper side of the light emitting region 210. The However, since the light emitting area 210 of the embodiment is rotated at a predetermined rotational speed by the effect section motor 224 and is subjected to light scattering processing, the light of the light emitting element 232a is scattered in the light emitting area 210 in multiple directions. It has become so. In addition, the light emitting area 210 is provided with a circular decorative plate 218 having a high light scattering effect with a decoration in a direction intersecting with the rotation direction of the rendering unit 212, so that the circular decorative plate 218 transmits more light. It is designed to effectively scatter. Therefore, even if the light emitted from the light emitting element 232a provided in a range narrower than the light emitting region 210, the entire light emitting region 210 emits light, and a sufficient illumination effect can be exerted on the stage unit 90. In addition, by rotating the effect unit 212 in which the entire light emitting area 210 is bright, the light emitting effect device 142 itself exhibits a high effect, and it is possible to enhance the interest of the game. Further, in the embodiment, since the light emitting effect device 142 is provided behind the guide unit 96 of the stage unit 90, the guide unit 96 of the stage unit 90 that the player pays most attention to can produce a light effect. Further enhanced.

ところで、前記発光領域210の下部は、前記ステージ部90の転動面94の下方に位置して前記装飾板98の覆われた状態となるので、発光領域210の下部が図柄表示用開口部66を介して前方から視認されることはない。しかるに、前記転動面94は、透明部材22で構成されるので、発光領域210の下部を転動面94を介して斜め上前方から視認することは可能となる。そこで、ステージ部90の転動面94より下方に位置する発光領域210の下部を含む発光領域210全体が発光することで、転動面94を介して発光領域210が視認されたとしても、遊技の興趣が損なわれることはない。なお、ステージ部90の転動面94を透明部材22で構成することで、該転動面94を発光領域210で効果的に明輝させることができるので、演出効果を高め得る。   By the way, the lower part of the light emitting area 210 is located below the rolling surface 94 of the stage portion 90 and is covered with the decorative plate 98, so the lower part of the light emitting area 210 is the symbol display opening 66. It is not visually recognized from the front via. However, since the rolling surface 94 is composed of the transparent member 22, it is possible to visually recognize the lower portion of the light emitting region 210 from the diagonally upper front through the rolling surface 94. Therefore, even if the entire light emitting area 210 including the lower part of the light emitting area 210 positioned below the rolling surface 94 of the stage unit 90 emits light, even if the light emitting area 210 is visually recognized through the rolling surface 94, No interest is lost. In addition, since the rolling surface 94 of the stage part 90 is comprised with the transparent member 22, since this rolling surface 94 can be effectively brightened in the light emission area | region 210, a production effect can be improved.

ここで、実施例に係る発光演出装置142では、遊技演出に合わせて発光パターンを適宜変更し得るようになっており、例えば、単位数ずつの発光素子232aを演出部212の回転方向に合わせて順次発光させることが可能である。具体的には、2個ずつの発光素子232a,232aを演出部212の回転方向に合わせて順番に点灯・消滅させることで、発光領域210に円弧状の軌跡をなして光が変位するような発光演出をすることが可能である。すなわち、実施例に係る発光演出装置142では、発光領域210全体を発光させるだけでなく、発光領域210の一部を明輝させて、演出部212の回転に合わせて光が変位する発光演出をすることもでき、意外性のある発光演出をすることができる。しかも、ステージ部90の転動面94より下方に位置して前記装飾板98で隠れる発光領域210の下部についても、発光素子232aの光が順に変位しているかのような錯覚を遊技者に与えることができ、遊技の興趣を高めることができる。   Here, in the light emitting effect device 142 according to the embodiment, the light emission pattern can be appropriately changed according to the game effect. For example, the light emitting elements 232a of each unit are matched with the rotation direction of the effect unit 212. It is possible to emit light sequentially. Specifically, by turning on / off each of the two light emitting elements 232a, 232a sequentially in accordance with the rotation direction of the rendering unit 212, the light is displaced in an arcuate locus in the light emitting region 210. It is possible to produce a light emission effect. In other words, in the light emitting effect device 142 according to the embodiment, not only the entire light emitting area 210 emits light, but also a part of the light emitting area 210 is brightened, and a light emitting effect in which the light is displaced according to the rotation of the effect part 212 is performed. It is also possible to produce a surprising light emission effect. In addition, the player is given the illusion that the light from the light emitting element 232a is displaced in sequence at the lower part of the light emitting area 210 that is located below the rolling surface 94 of the stage 90 and is hidden by the decorative plate 98. Can increase the interest of the game.

〔左部演出装置の演出について〕
次に、左部演出装置136の演出について説明する。前記左部演出装置136は、遊技演出に合わせて回転演出体260が回転しつつ可動演出体258が回動する演出を行なうものである。すなわち、前記可動体用モータ262が駆動すると、該モータ262の駆動軸262aに連結された駆動ギヤ288が回転し、該駆動ギヤ288に噛合する前記扇状従動ギヤ294が図30の反時計回りに回動する。すると、図27に示す如く、円弧状溝290の下端部に位置する摺動体302が、扇状従動ギヤ294の規制突起300と共に円弧状溝290を摺動し、扇状従動ギヤ294に連結された可動演出体258が第1支軸284を中心として反時計回りに回動する。すなわち、可動演出体258は前記収容部146に収容された第1姿勢から姿勢変化して、前記図柄表示装置34の表示部64の前側に露出する。
[About the production of the left production device]
Next, the effect of the left effect device 136 will be described. The left effect device 136 performs an effect in which the movable effect body 258 rotates while the rotation effect body 260 rotates in accordance with the game effect. That is, when the movable body motor 262 is driven, the drive gear 288 connected to the drive shaft 262a of the motor 262 rotates, and the fan-like driven gear 294 meshing with the drive gear 288 rotates counterclockwise in FIG. Rotate. Then, as shown in FIG. 27, the sliding body 302 located at the lower end of the arcuate groove 290 slides along the arcuate groove 290 together with the restricting projection 300 of the fanlike driven gear 294 and is connected to the fanlike driven gear 294. The director 258 rotates counterclockwise about the first support shaft 284. That is, the movable effect body 258 changes its posture from the first posture housed in the housing portion 146 and is exposed to the front side of the display portion 64 of the symbol display device 34.

また、可動演出体258の回動に伴って、前記ピニオン部326がラック部292に噛合したまま移動し、ピニオン部326が回転する。すると、前記回転シャフト328が前記第1ギヤ330と共に回転して、該第1ギヤ330に噛合する第2ギヤ324が回転される。これにより、第2ギヤ324に連結する第2支軸322が回転して、前記回転演出体260が所定の回転速度で回転される。すなわち、回転演出体260は、可動演出体258の回動と同時に回転を開始し、該可動演出体258が回動する間、回転し続けるようになっている。また、前記筒状カバー部306に設けられた可動体用発光装置318が発光制御されて、筒状カバー部306の内側で可動体用発光装置318の発光素子320bが発光する。これにより、筒状カバー部306が明輝されて、該筒状カバー部306に配設された回転演出体260の注目度を高めることが可能となる。   As the movable effector 258 rotates, the pinion portion 326 moves while meshing with the rack portion 292, and the pinion portion 326 rotates. Then, the rotating shaft 328 rotates together with the first gear 330, and the second gear 324 engaged with the first gear 330 is rotated. Accordingly, the second support shaft 322 connected to the second gear 324 rotates, and the rotation effect body 260 is rotated at a predetermined rotation speed. That is, the rotation effect body 260 starts to rotate simultaneously with the rotation of the movable effect body 258 and continues to rotate while the movable effect body 258 rotates. Further, light emission control is performed on the movable body light emitting device 318 provided on the cylindrical cover portion 306, and the light emitting element 320 b of the movable body light emitting device 318 emits light inside the cylindrical cover portion 306. Thereby, the cylindrical cover part 306 is brightened, and it becomes possible to raise the attention degree of the rotation effect body 260 arranged in the cylindrical cover part 306.

扇状従動ギヤ294が更に回動すると、該扇状従動ギヤ294の回動に合わせて可動演出体258が回動し、前記ピニオン部326が円弧状の軌跡をなして移動する。このとき、前記ラック部292はピニオン部326の移動軌跡に沿って延在しているので、該ラック部292とピニオン部326との噛合が解除されることはなく、回転演出体260の回転は継続される。そして、図29に示すように、前記円弧状溝290の上部に摺動体302が到達すると、扇状従動ギヤ294の回動が規制される。すると、図1の2点鎖線で示すように、前記可動演出体258の略全体が図柄表示装置34の表示部64の前側に露出した第2姿勢となって、前記可動体用モータ262の駆動が停止され、可動演出体258の回動および回転演出体260の回転が停止される。このように、実施例に係るパチンコ機10では、可動演出体258が収容部146に収容された第1姿勢から視認可能な第2姿勢に回動することで遊技者に意外性のある遊技演出をすることができ、遊技の興趣を向上し得る。しかも、可動演出体258(長尺可動部304)は、裏ユニット36の開口部132における縦辺132aの半分以上の長さを有する長尺な部材としたので、該開口部132の前方で可動演出体258が大きく回動して、演出効果をより高めることが可能となる。   When the fan-shaped driven gear 294 further rotates, the movable effector 258 rotates in accordance with the rotation of the fan-shaped driven gear 294, and the pinion portion 326 moves along an arcuate locus. At this time, since the rack portion 292 extends along the movement locus of the pinion portion 326, the meshing between the rack portion 292 and the pinion portion 326 is not released, and the rotation effect body 260 rotates. Will continue. As shown in FIG. 29, when the sliding body 302 reaches the upper part of the arc-shaped groove 290, the rotation of the fan-shaped driven gear 294 is restricted. Then, as shown by the two-dot chain line in FIG. 1, the substantially entire movable effector 258 is in the second posture exposed on the front side of the display unit 64 of the symbol display device 34, and the movable body motor 262 is driven. Is stopped, and the rotation of the movable effector 258 and the rotation of the rotation effector 260 are stopped. As described above, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment, the movable effect body 258 rotates from the first posture housed in the housing portion 146 to the second posture that can be visually recognized, thereby causing a game effect that is surprising to the player. Can improve the interest of the game. Moreover, since the movable effector 258 (long movable portion 304) is a long member having a length that is more than half of the vertical side 132a of the opening 132 of the back unit 36, it can be moved in front of the opening 132. The effect body 258 rotates greatly, and the effect of the effect can be further enhanced.

しかも、実施例に係るパチンコ機10では、単一の駆動手段である可動体用モータ262で、可動演出体258および回転演出体260を作動し得るようにしたので、部品点数が少なくなって製造コストを低廉にし得る。また、ラック部292およびピニオン部326による簡易な構成により回転演出体260を回転し得るので、可動演出体258の重量が嵩むのを抑制して、出力の大きな可動体用モータ262を必要とせずにランニングコストを低廉にすることができる。特に、回転シャフト328を用いてピニオン部326の回転を第2ギヤ324へ伝達する簡易な構成を採用することで、複数のギヤを噛合させてピニオン部326の回転を第2ギヤ324へ伝達する構成に較べ、構造をシンプルにし得る。従って、可動演出体258や回転演出体260に不具合や故障が発生するのを抑制し得ると共に、製造コストを低廉にすることができる。また、実施例の如く、可動演出体258を長尺にした場合であっても、回転シャフト328を用いることでピニオン部326の回転を第2ギヤ324に確実に伝達することが可能となる。なお、可動体用発光装置318の配線320fは、ベース体334における回転シャフト328とは反対側の面に沿って案内されているので、配線320fが回転シャフト328に接触して不具合が生ずることは防止される。   Moreover, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment, the movable effector 258 and the rotation effector 260 can be operated by the movable object motor 262 that is a single driving means, so that the number of parts is reduced and the manufacture is performed. Cost can be reduced. Further, since the rotation effect body 260 can be rotated with a simple configuration by the rack portion 292 and the pinion portion 326, the weight of the motion effect body 258 is suppressed, and the movable body motor 262 having a large output is not required. In addition, running costs can be reduced. In particular, by adopting a simple configuration in which the rotation of the pinion portion 326 is transmitted to the second gear 324 using the rotation shaft 328, the rotation of the pinion portion 326 is transmitted to the second gear 324 by meshing a plurality of gears. Compared to the configuration, the structure can be simplified. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of problems and failures in the movable effect body 258 and the rotation effect body 260 and to reduce the manufacturing cost. Further, even when the movable effector 258 is elongated as in the embodiment, the rotation of the pinion portion 326 can be reliably transmitted to the second gear 324 by using the rotating shaft 328. Since the wiring 320f of the movable body light emitting device 318 is guided along the surface of the base body 334 opposite to the rotating shaft 328, the wiring 320f is in contact with the rotating shaft 328 to cause a problem. Is prevented.

〔不正行為対策について〕
ここで、遊技者が上球皿24を手前に引っ張って、前枠20を透明部材22と共に遊技盤18から離間させる不正行為を行なったとする。すると、図9に示すように、前記透明部材22は、下方に向かうにつれて遊技盤18から離間する方向に傾斜した姿勢でレール部材32から離間し、該透明部材22とレール部材32(連結部52)との間に隙間が画成される。そして、当該隙間にパチンコ球を滞留させて、多数のパチンコ球を堆積させることができれば、始動口70や一般入賞口84に大量のパチンコ球を入賞させて賞球を不正に獲得することができてしまう。
[Countermeasures against fraud]
Here, it is assumed that the player pulls the upper ball tray 24 toward the front and performs an illegal act of separating the front frame 20 from the game board 18 together with the transparent member 22. Then, as shown in FIG. 9, the transparent member 22 is separated from the rail member 32 in a posture inclined in a direction away from the game board 18 as it goes downward, and the transparent member 22 and the rail member 32 (connecting portion 52). ) Is defined in between. If a large number of pachinko balls can be accumulated by accumulating the pachinko balls in the gap, a large amount of pachinko balls can be won at the start opening 70 and the general winning opening 84 to obtain the prize balls illegally. End up.

しかるに、実施例に係るパチンコ機10では、レール部材32の連結部52に不正防止部54が形成されているので、不正防止部54と透明部材22との間に隙間が画成されたとしても、不正防止部54の上面102からパチンコ球が落下し易くなっている。すなわち、不正防止部54の上面102は、レール部材32の内側面より薄く形成されるので、不正防止部54の上面102にパチンコ球が滞留するのは困難となり、パチンコ球を堆積させる不正行為は殆ど不可能となる。また、実施例では、薄板状の簡易な構造の不正防止部54をレール部材32に形成する構成としたので、製造コストを抑制し得ると共に、不具合が発生することも殆どなく、メンテナンス費を抑制することが可能となる。   However, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment, since the fraud prevention portion 54 is formed in the connecting portion 52 of the rail member 32, even if a gap is defined between the fraud prevention portion 54 and the transparent member 22. In addition, the pachinko ball easily falls from the upper surface 102 of the fraud prevention part 54. That is, since the upper surface 102 of the fraud prevention part 54 is formed thinner than the inner surface of the rail member 32, it is difficult for pachinko balls to stay on the upper surface 102 of the fraud prevention part 54, and the fraudulent act of accumulating the pachinko balls is not Almost impossible. In addition, in the embodiment, the thin plate-like simple structure fraud prevention portion 54 is formed on the rail member 32, so that the manufacturing cost can be suppressed, and there is almost no problem, and the maintenance cost is suppressed. It becomes possible to do.

しかも、不正防止部54は、連結部52から所定高さで上方に突出するよう形成したので、傾斜姿勢となった透明部材22と不正防止部54の上端縁との離間距離L1は、不正防止部54が上方に突出するにつれて小さくなる。すなわち、不正防止部54が上方に突出することで透明部材22との隙間を小さくして、当該隙間にパチンコ球を滞留させるのをより困難にしている。更に、不正防止部54の前面をレール部材32より前方に位置させたので、レール部材32と透明部材22との間の隙間を不正防止部54の厚み分だけ狭めることができる。すなわち、不正防止部54と透明部材22との隙間は、不正防止部54がレール部材32より前方に位置する分だけ小さくなるので、当該隙間にパチンコ球を滞留させるのは更に困難とされる。 Moreover, fraud prevention unit 54, so formed as to protrude from the connecting portion 52 upwardly by a predetermined height, the distance L 1 between the upper edge of the fraud prevention unit 54 and the transparent member 22 an inclined posture, incorrect It becomes smaller as the prevention part 54 protrudes upward. In other words, the fraud prevention part 54 protrudes upward to make the gap with the transparent member 22 smaller, and it is more difficult to retain pachinko balls in the gap. Furthermore, since the front surface of the fraud prevention part 54 is positioned in front of the rail member 32, the gap between the rail member 32 and the transparent member 22 can be reduced by the thickness of the fraud prevention part 54. That is, the gap between the fraud prevention part 54 and the transparent member 22 is reduced by the amount that the fraud prevention part 54 is positioned in front of the rail member 32, so that it is more difficult to retain the pachinko balls in the gap.

ここで、図10に示すように、不正防止部54の上面102の左右には、円弧状に下方傾斜する傾斜部102a,102aが形成されている。この傾斜部102a,102aにより、不正防止部54の上面102にあるパチンコ球を左右に速やかに分散させて、不正防止部54の上面102にパチンコ球が滞留するのをより困難としている。しかも、不正防止部54の左右の傾斜部102a,102aは、内レール40または第2内側面50に滑らかに連なるよう構成したので、不正防止部54の左右の縁部と内レール40または第2内側面50との境界部分(図10の参照)に上下方向の段差が生じることはない。これにより、当該境界部分に生じた段差にパチンコ球が引っ掛かって、パチンコ球が滞留すると云った事態が発生するのを防止している。更に、実施例の不正防止部54は、図10に示すように、左右の幅寸法L3がアウト口58の左右の幅寸法より大きく設定されている。従って、パチンコ球を不正防止部54の上面102で左右に大きく分散させてパチンコ球の堆積をより確実に防止することができる。しかも、アウト口58より広い範囲でパチンコ球の堆積を防止することができるので、不正行為を広範囲で防止し得る。 Here, as shown in FIG. 10, inclined portions 102 a and 102 a that are inclined downward in an arc shape are formed on the left and right of the upper surface 102 of the fraud preventing portion 54. By these inclined portions 102a and 102a, the pachinko balls on the upper surface 102 of the fraud prevention portion 54 are quickly dispersed left and right, making it more difficult for the pachinko balls to stay on the upper surface 102 of the fraud prevention portion 54. Moreover, since the left and right inclined portions 102a, 102a of the fraud prevention portion 54 are configured to smoothly connect to the inner rail 40 or the second inner side surface 50, the left and right edges of the fraud prevention portion 54 and the inner rail 40 or the second rail There is no step in the vertical direction at the boundary with the inner side surface 50 (see FIG. 10). This prevents the occurrence of a situation in which the pachinko ball is caught by the step generated in the boundary portion and the pachinko ball is retained. Furthermore, the fraud prevention part 54 of the embodiment is set such that the left and right width dimension L 3 is larger than the left and right width dimensions of the out port 58 as shown in FIG. Accordingly, the pachinko spheres can be largely dispersed to the left and right on the upper surface 102 of the fraud prevention unit 54 to more reliably prevent the pachinko spheres from being deposited. In addition, the accumulation of pachinko spheres can be prevented in a wider range than the out port 58, so that illegal acts can be prevented in a wide range.

〔変更例〕
図37は、変更例に係る不正防止部350を示す斜視図である。なお、変更例では、実施例と相違する部分についてのみ説明を行ない、実施例と同一の部分については、同じ符号を付して説明を省略する。実施例では、不正防止部54がレール部材32の連結部52に一体的に形成される構成とした。これに対し、変更例に係る不正防止部350は、前記レール部材32の肉厚部60に着脱自在に取付けられる構成とされる。不正防止部350は、前記肉厚部60に着脱自在に取付けられる取着板部352と、該レール部材32(内レール40および第2内側面50)の前後幅より薄く形成された板状部354とから構成される。前記取着板部352は、前記肉厚部60の前面に当接した状態で取付けられる板状の部材であって、図38に示すように、該取着板部352の後面に、肉厚部60に設けられた矩形凹部62(図5参照)に嵌合可能な嵌合突部356が4つ突出成形されている。各嵌合突部356は、矩形凹部62と略同一の寸法に設定されており、矩形凹部62に対し嵌合突部356を圧入することで、不正防止部54がレール部材32に固定されるようになっている。
[Example of change]
FIG. 37 is a perspective view showing a fraud prevention unit 350 according to a modification. In the modified example, only portions different from the embodiment will be described, and the same portions as those in the embodiment will be denoted by the same reference numerals and description thereof will be omitted. In the embodiment, the fraud prevention portion 54 is formed integrally with the connecting portion 52 of the rail member 32. On the other hand, the fraud prevention part 350 according to the modified example is configured to be detachably attached to the thick part 60 of the rail member 32. The fraud prevention part 350 includes a mounting plate part 352 detachably attached to the thick part 60 and a plate-like part formed thinner than the front and rear widths of the rail member 32 (the inner rail 40 and the second inner side face 50). 354. The attachment plate portion 352 is a plate-like member that is attached in contact with the front surface of the thick portion 60. As shown in FIG. 38, the attachment plate portion 352 has a thick wall on the rear surface. Four fitting protrusions 356 that can be fitted into a rectangular recess 62 (see FIG. 5) provided in the portion 60 are formed to protrude. Each fitting projection 356 is set to have substantially the same size as the rectangular recess 62, and the fraud prevention portion 54 is fixed to the rail member 32 by press-fitting the fitting projection 356 into the rectangular recess 62. It is like that.

前記板状部354は、取着板部352が肉厚部60に取付けられた状態で、該レール部材32(連結部52)の前端から上方へ突出するよう構成される。また、板状部354の前面は、レール部材32の前端面より前方へ位置している。更に、板状部354の上面358における左右には、実施例と同様な傾斜部358a,358が形成されている。すなわち、傾斜部358a,358aは、内レール40または第2内側面50に滑らかに連なるよう構成されており、板状部354の左右の縁部と内レール40または第2内側面50との境界部分に上下方向の段差が生じないようにしてある。   The plate-like portion 354 is configured to protrude upward from the front end of the rail member 32 (connecting portion 52) in a state where the attachment plate portion 352 is attached to the thick portion 60. Further, the front surface of the plate-like portion 354 is positioned forward from the front end surface of the rail member 32. Further, inclined portions 358a and 358 similar to those of the embodiment are formed on the left and right sides of the upper surface 358 of the plate-like portion 354. That is, the inclined portions 358 a and 358 a are configured to smoothly connect to the inner rail 40 or the second inner side surface 50, and the boundary between the left and right edges of the plate-like portion 354 and the inner rail 40 or the second inner side surface 50. There is no step in the vertical direction in the portion.

このように、変更例では、不正防止部350をレール部材32の肉厚部60に着脱自在に取付ける構成としたので、不正防止部350を備えていない既存のパチンコ機10のレール部材32に対して不正防止部350を装着することができ、前述した不正行為への対策が可能となる。しかも、変更例の不正防止部350は、矩形凹部62に嵌合突部356を嵌合するだけでレール部材32に容易に取付けることができるので、不正防止部350の取付け作業を効率的にし得る。また、変更例に係る不正防止部350は、実施例と同様に、板状部354と透明部材22との間の隙間にパチンコ球を滞留させるのを困難として、パチンコ球を堆積させる不正行為を好適に防止することができる。   As described above, in the modified example, since the tamper-proof portion 350 is detachably attached to the thick portion 60 of the rail member 32, the rail member 32 of the existing pachinko machine 10 that does not include the tamper-proof portion 350 is used. Thus, the fraud prevention unit 350 can be attached, and countermeasures against the fraudulent acts described above can be made. In addition, since the tamper-proof portion 350 of the modified example can be easily attached to the rail member 32 simply by fitting the fitting protrusion 356 to the rectangular recess 62, the attachment work of the tamper-proof portion 350 can be made efficient. . Further, the fraud prevention unit 350 according to the modified example, as in the embodiment, makes it difficult to retain the pachinko sphere in the gap between the plate-like portion 354 and the transparent member 22, and performs an illegal act of accumulating the pachinko sphere. It can prevent suitably.

(1) 実施例では、発光演出装置をステージ部における案内部の後方に位置するようにしたが、ステージ部に光を照射し得るのであれば、発光演出装置をステージ部の左右に偏倚して設けてもよい。
(2) 実施例では、発光演出装置の複数の発光素子を円弧状に配設した場合を示したが、発光領域より狭い範囲に配置されるのであれば、例えば、発光素子を格子状に設けてもよい、
(3) 実施例では、演出部の前部全体を発光領域としたが、例えば、演出部におけるステージ部の転動面より上方に位置する部位を発光領域として、当該発光領域が発光する構成であってもよい。すなわち、演出部における転動面より下方に位置する部位は、必ずしも発光させる必要はない。
(4) 実施例では、カバー部材の周縁部に当接突部を形成したが、必ずしもカバー部材の周縁部に設ける必要はなく、カバー部材における遊技盤の裏面に対向する部位に当接突部を形成すればよい。
(5) 実施例では、可動演出体を開口部の左上隅部に近接する位置に軸支した場合を示したが、可動演出体を開口部の他の隅部に軸支してもよい。例えば、開口部の右上隅部に近接して可動演出体を軸支して、第1姿勢では、裏ユニットの上対向面部と遊技盤との間に収容されるようにしてもよい。そして、可動演出体が時計回り方向に回動して、第2姿勢では、可動演出体が斜め左下に延在して、図柄表示装置の表示部の前側に露出するようにしてもよい。
(6) 実施例では、前後方向に延在する第2支軸を介して回転演出体が回転する構成としたが、例えば、可動演出体の延在方向に平行な第2支軸を介して回転演出体が回転する構成であってもよい。
(7) 実施例では、ピニオン部の回転を回転演出体に伝達させるリンク手段として、回転シャフトおよび第1,第2ギヤによる構成を採用したが、例えば、一対の回転体と該回転体に巻き掛けられる無端ベルトを利用してリンク手段を構成してもよい。
(8) 実施例では、不正防止部を不透明な部材で構成したが、不正防止部を透明部材で構成してもよい。この場合、不正防止部を介してレール部材(連結部)側を視認し得るので、不正防止部の上方への突出量を実施例よりも大きくすることが可能となり、不正行為をより確実に防止することができる。
(9) 実施例では、不正防止部の上面の左右に傾斜部を形成し、不正防止部の左右中央部は、略水平となるよう構成した。しかしながら、例えば、不正防止部の上面を、左右中央部を頂点とする円弧状や山型状としてもよい。
(1) In the embodiment, the light emitting effect device is positioned behind the guide portion in the stage portion. However, if the stage portion can be irradiated with light, the light emitting effect device is biased to the left and right of the stage portion. It may be provided.
(2) In the embodiment, the case where the plurality of light emitting elements of the light emitting effect device are arranged in an arc shape is shown. However, if the light emitting elements are arranged in a range narrower than the light emitting area, for example, the light emitting elements are provided in a grid shape. May be,
(3) In the embodiment, the entire front part of the effect unit is a light emitting region. For example, the light emitting region emits light with a region located above the rolling surface of the stage unit in the effect unit as the light emitting region. There may be. That is, it is not always necessary for the portion located below the rolling surface in the effect section to emit light.
(4) In the embodiment, the contact protrusion is formed on the peripheral edge of the cover member. However, the protrusion is not necessarily provided on the peripheral edge of the cover member. May be formed.
(5) In the embodiment, the case where the movable effector is pivotally supported at a position close to the upper left corner of the opening is shown, but the movable effector may be pivotally supported at the other corner of the opening. For example, the movable effector may be pivotally supported in the vicinity of the upper right corner of the opening so as to be accommodated between the upper facing surface portion of the back unit and the game board in the first posture. Then, the movable effector may rotate in the clockwise direction, and in the second posture, the movable effector may extend obliquely to the lower left and be exposed to the front side of the display unit of the symbol display device.
(6) In the embodiment, the rotation effect body rotates through the second support shaft extending in the front-rear direction, but for example, via the second support shaft parallel to the extending direction of the movable effect body. The structure which a rotation effect body rotates may be sufficient.
(7) In the embodiment, as the link means for transmitting the rotation of the pinion part to the rotation effect body, the configuration using the rotation shaft and the first and second gears is adopted. You may comprise a link means using the endless belt to hang.
(8) In the embodiment, the fraud prevention part is configured by an opaque member, but the fraud prevention part may be configured by a transparent member. In this case, since the rail member (connecting portion) side can be visually recognized through the fraud prevention part, it is possible to make the upward protrusion amount of the fraud prevention part larger than in the embodiment, and more reliably prevent fraud. can do.
(9) In the embodiment, the inclined portions are formed on the left and right sides of the upper surface of the fraud prevention portion, and the left and right central portions of the fraud prevention portion are configured to be substantially horizontal. However, for example, the upper surface of the fraud prevention portion may be formed in an arc shape or a mountain shape with the left and right center portions as apexes.

14 中枠,16 遊技領域,18 遊技盤,20 前枠,22 透明部材
32 レール部材,54 不正防止部,58 アウト口,102 上面
102a 傾斜部,350 不正防止部,358 上面,358a 傾斜部
14 middle frame, 16 game area, 18 game board, 20 front frame, 22 transparent member, 32 rail member, 54 fraud prevention part, 58 out port, 102 upper surface 102a inclined part, 350 fraud prevention part, 358 upper surface, 358a inclined part

Claims (7)

遊技盤が配設された中枠と、前記中枠に対し開閉可能に組付けられると共に、前記遊技盤を前側から透視保護する透明部材を備えた前枠と、前記遊技盤の盤面に内側面が交差するよう配設され、遊技領域を画成するレール部材と、前記遊技領域の最下部において前後方向に開放するよう前記遊技盤に設けられたアウト口とを備えた遊技機において、
前記レール部材には、前記アウト口に対応する部位の前端に、上方へ突出すると共に上面が該レール部材の内側面より薄く形成された不正防止部が設けられている
ことを特徴とする遊技機。
A middle frame in which a game board is disposed, a front frame that is assembled so as to be openable and closable with respect to the middle frame, and includes a transparent member that protects the game board from the front side, and an inner surface on the board surface of the game board In a gaming machine provided with rail members that are arranged so as to intersect each other and that define a gaming area, and an out port provided in the gaming board so as to open in the front-rear direction at the bottom of the gaming area,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the rail member is provided with a fraud prevention portion at the front end of a portion corresponding to the out port and protruding upward and having an upper surface formed thinner than an inner side surface of the rail member. .
前記不正防止部の上面は、後方へ向かうにつれて下方傾斜している請求項1記載の遊技機。   The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein an upper surface of the fraud prevention part is inclined downward toward the rear. 前記不正防止部の前面は、前記レール部材より前方に位置している請求項1または2記載の遊技機。   The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein a front surface of the fraud prevention unit is located in front of the rail member. 前記不正防止部の上面は、左右方向の中央部から離間するにつれて下方傾斜する傾斜部を有している請求項1〜3の何れか一項に記載の遊技機。   The gaming machine according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein an upper surface of the fraud prevention part has an inclined part that inclines downward as the distance from the central part in the left-right direction increases. 前記レール部材は、前記アウト口に対応する内側面が円弧状に形成されると共に、前記不正防止部の傾斜部は、該レール部材の内側面に漸次的に近接するよう下方傾斜して該内側面と連なっている請求項4記載の遊技機。   The rail member has an inner surface corresponding to the out port formed in an arc shape, and the inclined portion of the fraud prevention portion is inclined downward so as to gradually approach the inner surface of the rail member. The gaming machine according to claim 4, wherein the gaming machine is continuous with a side surface. 前記不正防止部は、前記レール部材に着脱自在に取付けられる請求項1〜5の何れか一項に記載の遊技機。   The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein the fraud prevention unit is detachably attached to the rail member. 前記不正防止部の左右方向の寸法は、前記アウト口より大きく設定される請求項1〜6の何れか一項に記載の遊技機。   The gaming machine according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein a dimension in the left-right direction of the fraud prevention unit is set to be larger than the out port.
JP2010102737A 2010-04-27 2010-04-27 Game machine Active JP5266276B2 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2010102737A JP5266276B2 (en) 2010-04-27 2010-04-27 Game machine

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2010102737A JP5266276B2 (en) 2010-04-27 2010-04-27 Game machine

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
JP2011229683A JP2011229683A (en) 2011-11-17
JP5266276B2 true JP5266276B2 (en) 2013-08-21

Family

ID=45319655

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
JP2010102737A Active JP5266276B2 (en) 2010-04-27 2010-04-27 Game machine

Country Status (1)

Country Link
JP (1) JP5266276B2 (en)

Family Cites Families (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH11206971A (en) * 1998-01-21 1999-08-03 Sanyo Bussan Kk Pachinko game machine
JP2004147955A (en) * 2002-10-31 2004-05-27 Heiwa Corp Pachinko game machine
JP4204561B2 (en) * 2005-01-12 2009-01-07 京楽産業.株式会社 Bullet ball machine
JP2008119118A (en) * 2006-11-09 2008-05-29 Samii Kk Game machine
JP5022813B2 (en) * 2007-08-09 2012-09-12 株式会社三共 Game machine
JP5065843B2 (en) * 2007-10-10 2012-11-07 高砂電器産業株式会社 Pachinko machine
JP5916269B2 (en) * 2008-03-24 2016-05-11 株式会社ユニバーサルエンターテインメント Game machine
JP5364956B2 (en) * 2009-05-20 2013-12-11 株式会社ソフイア Game machine

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2011229683A (en) 2011-11-17

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5457932B2 (en) Game machine
JP5234572B2 (en) Game machine
JP5766399B2 (en) Game machine
JP4710051B2 (en) Game machine
JP5518461B2 (en) Game machine
JP5844960B2 (en) Game machine
JP5582859B2 (en) Game machine
JP6093402B2 (en) Game machine
JP2016193258A (en) Game machine
JP2016128121A (en) Game machine
JP5273339B2 (en) Game machine
JP5445962B2 (en) Game machine
JP5293922B2 (en) Game machine
JP5266276B2 (en) Game machine
JP2009011736A (en) Game machine
JP5298525B2 (en) Game machine
JP2008011904A (en) Game machine
JP2009160228A (en) Game machine
JP5234571B2 (en) Game machine
JP6747417B2 (en) Amusement machine
JP6747418B2 (en) Amusement machine
JP6940196B1 (en) Pachinko machine
JP5353015B2 (en) Game machine
JP6500958B2 (en) Gaming machine
JP5585692B2 (en) Game machine

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
A621 Written request for application examination

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A621

Effective date: 20120626

TRDD Decision of grant or rejection written
A977 Report on retrieval

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A971007

Effective date: 20130410

A01 Written decision to grant a patent or to grant a registration (utility model)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A01

Effective date: 20130416

A61 First payment of annual fees (during grant procedure)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A61

Effective date: 20130502

R150 Certificate of patent or registration of utility model

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R150

Ref document number: 5266276

Country of ref document: JP

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R150

R250 Receipt of annual fees

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250

R250 Receipt of annual fees

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250

R250 Receipt of annual fees

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250